C610 / MPS610 / ES6405 Maintenance Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 218

C610 / MPS610 / ES6405

Maintenance Manual
012610A
Copyright Information

Copyright © 2010 by Oki Data. All Rights Reserved

Disclaimer

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete, accurate, and up-to-
date. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the results of errors beyond its control. The
manufacturer also cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and
referred to in this guide will not affect the applicability of the information in it. Mention of software products
manufactured by other companies does not necessarily constitute endorsement by the manufacturer.

While all reasonable efforts have been made to make this document as accurate and helpful as possible, we
make no warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the information
contained herein.

The most up-to-date drivers and manuals are available from the web site:
http://www.okiprintingsolutions.com
Copyright Information

Copyright © 2007 by Oki Data. All Rights Reserved

Disclaimer

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete, accurate, and up-to-
date. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the results of errors beyond its control. The
manufacturer also cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and
referred to in this guide will not affect the applicability of the information in it. Mention of software products
manufactured by other companies does not necessarily constitute endorsement by the manufacturer.

While all reasonable efforts have been made to make this document as accurate and helpful as possible, we
make no warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the information
contained herein.

The most up-to-date drivers and manuals are available from the web site:
http://www.okiprintingsolutions.com
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

PREFACE
This manual provides an overview of method for maintaining the C610n.
This manual is intended for maintenance staff. For more information about how to operate
the C610n, please refer to User 's manual.

Note! • Manual may be revised and updated at any time without notice.
• Unexpected mistakes may exist in the manual.
OKI will not assume any responsibility whatsoever for damage to the
equipmentrepaired/adjusted/changed by the user etc with this manual.
• The par ts used for this printer may be damaged when handling
inappropriately. We strongly recommend maintaining this machine by our
registration maintenance staff.
• Please operate the machine after removing static electricity.

44205301TH Rev.1 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Index

1. Configuration............................................................................ 6 4.1 Precautions on component replacement............................................................. 61


1.1 System configu ation............................................................................................. 7 4.2 Method of component replacement..................................................................... 63
1.2 The Configu ation of printer................................................................................... 8 4.2.1 Belt unit........................................................................................................ 63
4.2.2 Fuser unit..................................................................................................... 64
1.3 Optional parts........................................................................................................ 9
4.2.3 Left side cover.............................................................................................. 64
1.4 Specification ...................................................................................................... 10
4.2.4 Right side cover........................................................................................... 65
1.5 Specification of inter ace..................................................................................... 13
4.2.5 Faceup tray ................................................................................................. 65
1.5.1 Specification of USB inter ace..................................................................... 13
4.2.6 Rear cover................................................................................................... 66
1.5.1.1 General of USB interface...................................................................... 13
4.2.7 LED Assy/ LED Assy spring........................................................................ 66
1.5.1.2 Connector and cable of USB interface.................................................. 13
4.2.8 Control PCB................................................................................................. 67
1.5.1.3 USB interface signal............................................................................. 13
4.2.9 Top cover Assy............................................................................................. 68
1.5.2 Specification of net ork interface................................................................ 14
4.2.10 Top cover..................................................................................................... 69
1.5.2.1 General of network interface................................................................. 14
4.2.11 Control panel Assy...................................................................................... 69
1.5.2.2 Connector and cable of network interface............................................ 14
4.2.12 Board PRG/ LCD......................................................................................... 70
1.5.2.3 Signal of network interface................................................................... 14
4.2.13 Frame panel Assy........................................................................................ 71
1.5.3 Specification of CC interface..................................................................... 15
4.2.14 Low voltage power supply/Low voltage FAN/ Hopping motor/ Fuse motor.. 72
2. Operating instructions........................................................... 16 4.2.15 Guide eject Assy/ Color regist Assy/ Board-PRY........................................ 73
4.2.16 FAN(Fuser) / Belt motor/ High-voltage board/ Cover open switch............... 74
2.1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism....................................................... 17
4.2.17 MPT Assy.................................................................................................... 74
2.2 Printing process................................................................................................... 21
4.2.18 Cover Assy front/ Board-RSF/MPT hopping roller/
3. Set up...................................................................................... 32 Frame Assy separator/ Feeder Assy regist.................................................. 75
4.2.19 Board-PRZ/ Liftup motor/ Hopping motor//Paper end sensor/
3.1 Notes and precautions......................................................................................... 33
Hopping sensor............................................................................................ 76
3.2 Unpack method................................................................................................... 34
4.2.20 Feed roller................................................................................................... 77
3.3 Setting method.................................................................................................... 35
4.2.21 Shaft eject Assy (FU)/ Shaft eject Assy(FD/ Eject sensor........................... 78
3.4 List of equipments and accessories.................................................................... 36
4.3 Oiling spots.......................................................................................................... 79
3.5 Assembling method............................................................................................. 37
3.5.1 Assemble the main body of the printer........................................................ 37 5. Maintenance Menu.................................................................90
3.5.2 Cable connect.............................................................................................. 43 5.1 System maintenance menu (for maintenance engineer) .................................... 91
3.5.3 Optional part installation and confi mation................................................... 45 5.2 Maintenance Utilities........................................................................................... 93
3.6 Setting content print (Configu ation).................................................................... 56 5.3 Maintenance menu functions............................................................................... 95
3.7 Connecting method............................................................................................. 57 5.3.1 Self-diagnostic mode................................................................................... 95
3.8 User used Paper confi mation............................................................................. 59 5.3.1.1 Operation panel.................................................................................... 95
5.3.1.2 Ordinary self-diagnostic mode (level 1)................................................ 97
4. Component replacement.......................................................60

44205301TH Rev.1 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.3 Switch scan test.................................................................................... 98 7.5.4.4 Installation of Certificate is not possi le............................................. 195
5.3.1.4 Motor clutch test................................................................................. 100 7.5.4.5 Other questionnaires.......................................................................... 197
5.3.1.5 Test print............................................................................................. 102 7.5.4.7 Network function restrictions on Sleep mode..................................... 200
5.3.1.6 Color registration correction test......................................................... 106 7.6 Fuse check........................................................................................................ 201
5.3.1.7 Density correction test........................................................................ 107
5.3.1.8 Consumable item counter display....................................................... 109 8. Connection diagrams..........................................................202
5.3.1.9 Number of print copies counter display.............................................. 110 8.1 Resistance value check..................................................................................... 203
5.3.1.10 Switching between the Factory mode and the Shipping mode........... 110 8.2 Parts location..................................................................................................... 207
5.3.1.11 Self-diagnostic function setting........................................................... 111 8.3 F/W version number.......................................................................................... 216
5.3.1.12 LED head serial number display . ...................................................... 112 8.3.1 ROM control number.................................................................................... 216
5.3.1.13 NVRAM parameter setting . ............................................................... 112 8.3.2 ROM version check and display................................................................... 217
5.3.2 Various prints with the printer as a standalone unit................................... 112 8.3.3 PCB Maintenance Indication Stamp............................................................. 217
5.3.3 Functions of keys at power on................................................................... 113
5.4 Setups upon completion of part replacement.................................................... 114
5.4.1 Precautions when replacing the CU/PU board.......................................... 114
5.5 Density control manual setting.......................................................................... 116
5.6 Printer boot menu list......................................................................................... 117

6. Periodic Maintenance.......................................................... 119


6.1 Cleaning............................................................................................................ 120
6.2 How to clean the LED lens array....................................................................... 121
6.3 How to clean the pickup roller........................................................................... 123
6.4 How to clean inside of printer............................................................................ 124

7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure.............................. 126


7.1 Before starting the repair work.......................................................................... 127
7.2 Confi mation items before taking corrective action against abnormalities ....... 127
7.3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality........................ 127
7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting......................................................................... 127
7.5 Troubleshooting method.................................................................................... 128
7.5.1 LCD message list....................................................................................... 128
7.5.2 Preparation for troubleshooting.................................................................. 149
7.5.3 Troubleshooting the abnormal images....................................................... 181
7.5.4 Network troubleshooting............................................................................ 188
7.5.4.1 Connection error occurs with the Web browser.................................. 188
7.5.4.2 Print operation is not possible............................................................. 194
7.5.4.3 Cannot create Certificat . .................................................................. 195

44205301TH Rev.1 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1. Configuration
1.1 System configuration......................................................................7
1.2 The Configuration of printer............................................................8
1.3 Optional parts.................................................................................9
1.4 Specifications...............................................................................10
1.5 Specification of interface..............................................................13
1.Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.1 System configuration


Figure 1-1 represents the system configuration of the printer.
Duplex IN Cover Front Bottom 2nd 2nd 2nd 2nd
open sensor sensor
FAN sensor sensor P.E hopping IN paper
LAN USB Acc sensor sensor sensor size SW
(HOST USB) Duplex
clutch Feed
clutch
Separator
solenoid
CU area DUPLEX PCB 2nd TRAY PCB Hopping
clutch
Duplex
K LED HEAD motor
Paper-feeding/
moving motor
CD1
Y LED HEAD
ASIC (1/2) Front sensor PCB
MPT Regist M IN1 IN2 WR 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd
M LED HEAD clutch clutch HOP P.E hopping IN paper
HOP sensor sensor sensor size SW
sensor
Paper- Feed
C LED HEAD Option Flash EEP feeding M ID clutch
clutch M M
RAM ROM ROM BELT
1st Stacker IDUP
P.E full Cassette Hopping
Option SD sensor sensor sensor 3rd TRAY PCB clutch
Memory card

Operation panel PCB Environment


sensor PU area Belt unit
Environmental
humidity Paper-feeding/
moving motor
Toner sensor PCB CD1
Coler blur PCB
K Toner Y Toner M Toner C Toner
sensor sensor sensor sensor ID fuse cut ASIC (2/2) Belt unit right
Fuse cut

Fuse cut, Color blur, density, Color blur PCB


EEPROM
Cover EXIT thermistor signal left
Fuser Belt Relay PCB
FAN thermistor open High-voltage I/F,
sensor FAN control,
Cover open FAN, heater control, Density
others 3.3V, 5V, 24V, 0VL, 0VP Fuser fuse cut/ sensor
Upper center/ For correction/
Lower thermistor
ID UP/ Low-voltage PCB
DOWN
High-voltage PCB EXIT
sensor

K-ID Y-ID M-ID C-ID M Fuser


HEAT
Heater power
Inlet
Low-voltage
AC-SW
FAN
RFID PCB

Fig1-1

44205301TH Rev.1 /
1.Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.2 The Configuration of printer


The parts in the C610n are shown as below.

• Electrophotography process mechanism


• Paper feed path
• Control part (CU part/ PU part)
• Operator panel
• Power part (High-voltage part/low-voltage part)

The Configuration of the printer is shown in Fig 1-2.

Air flow

Fig 1-2

44205301TH Rev.1 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.3 Optional parts


The optional parts for this printer are shown as below. (4) SD memory card

(1) Optional tray(second tray/ third tray)

(2) Duplex Unit

(3) Optional memory

44205301TH Rev.1 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.4 Specifications

Division Item Division Item


Dimension Width 435mm Power Input power supply (120V)110~127VAC±10%,
consumption (230V)220~240VAC±10%
Depth 536mm
Power save mode Less than 15W
Height 340mm
Sleep mode About 0.9W (less than 1W) at AC120V
Weight About 26kg
About 1W (less than 1.2W) at AC230V
Width of print Width of print Letter size, vertical
Idle 100W (Average)
Print speed Engine speed (A4) 34PPM(Color)
Usual operation 600W (It differs from operating environment)
36PPM(Mono)
Peak 1300W
Print start First print time 8sec(mono), 9sec(color) (A4)
Operating During operating 10 ~32 , 17 ~27
Warmup time 60sec
environment (Temperature requirement for full-color print)
Low noise mode Not applicable (Temperature)
During non- 0 ~43 , power off
Resolution LED head 600dpi operating
Maximum input 600×1200dpi During keeping -10 ~43 , with drum and toner
resolution (for a year at most )
Output resolution True 600×1200dpi During transferring -29 ~50 , with drum, without toner
True 600×600dpi (for a month at most)
Step 4 step 600×600dpi During transferring -29 ~50 , with drum, without toner
Econo mode Save toner by recreasing brightness (for a month at most)

CPU Core PowerPC464 Operating During operating 20%~80%, 50%~70%


environment (Humidity requirement for full-color print)
I-cash, / L1-I=32KB
(Humidity) The highest wet bulb temperature is 25
D-cash L1-D=32KB
During non- 10%~90%, The highest wet bulb temperature is
Clock 532MHz
operating 26.8 , power off
Bus width 32bit
During keeping 10%~90%, The highest wet bulb temperature is
RAM Resident 256MB 35
ROM Program+font 64MB During transferring 10%~90%, The highest wet bulb temperature is
40

44205301TH Rev.1 10 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Division Item Division Item


Operation life Printer operation life 420,000 pieces A4 transvers direction, 5years Paper handling Paper stack capacity Legal /Universal cassette 300 pieces (70kg)
(1st tray)
Print duty Max 60,000 pages / month
(M=L/12, A=L/12/5) Average 6,000 pages/ month Paper stack capacity Legal /Universal cassette 530 pieces (70kg)
(optional tray)
MTBF (2.3% duty) Not applicable
MPBF 50,000 pages Paper stack capacity Standard multipurpose tray or 100 pieces (70kg),
(Manual/auto) or 10 pieces of envelop
MTTR Within 20 minutes
Paper rejection 250 pieces (70kg), facedown/
Toner operation life Mounting toner: 2,000 pages(black), 2,000
100 pieces (70kg), faceup tray
(ISO/IEC19798) pages(color)
Duplex Standard/ Option
Standard:
8,000 pages(black), 6,000 pages(color) Paper size A4, A5, B5, A6*, letter, legal(13/13.5/14),
For the first new drum: Executive, post card**, return post card**,
about 7,200 pages(black), 5,200 pages(color) custom***, envelope , Index card 3x5in, Photo
size 4x6 5x7in
Image drum 20,000 pages (when 3 pages /job)
operation life 12,000 pages (when 1 page/job)
* : The paper of A6 cannot be used in tray 2, 3
27,000 pages (when continuously print)
**: The post card, return post card and envelope
Drum count all reset
can be used in MPT only
Transcribing belt 60,000 pages (A4 transverse size, when 3 pages ***: As for custom, the available size can be
operation life /job) count auto reset adjusted by using different tray. The length is
Fuser operation life 60,000 pages (A4 size) count auto reset up to 1321mm.

Operation During operation 54dBA (ISO 7779 front) Minimum paper Tray 1 A6
sound (without option unit) size Tray 2(option) A5
Tray 3(option) A5
During standby 37dB(ISO 7779 front)
MPT Postcard
Power save mode Background level
Thickness of Tray 1 64g/m2~220g/m2
paper Tray 2(option) 64g/m2~220g/m2
Tray 3(option) 64g/m2~220g/m2
MPT 64g/m2~250g/m2
Control panel LCD Resolution 128×64 dot graphic panel
Paper size is not displayed
LED (color) 2 (Green×1, dark umbar×1)
Switch 8

44205301TH Rev.1 11 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Division Item Division Item


Status switch/ Paper out Have Option RAM 256/512MB DIMM
sensor (can be SD memory card 16GB or 32GB SD memory card
Paper low None
removed) It is possible to be
Toner low Have (Y, M, C, K)
installed by user
Cover open Have
Tray mechanism 2nd tray mechanism, 3rd tray mechanism
Temperature of fuser Have
Cassette Universal (530 pieces)
Paper size None (Menu setting) Double print unit Standard/ Option
Stacker full Have Others Not available
Communication Standard • Hi-Speed USB Others USB-IF logo Have
interface (On the PCB) • Ethernet
Windows logo Have
UPS operation The operation with UPS(Uninterruptible Power
Input and output Auto
Supplies) is not guaranteed.
switch
Please do not use the UPS.
Emulation Standard PCL(PCL5c, HP-GL) /
PCL XL3.0
PostScript3 (Clone)
XPS
Emulation switch Auto
Font Bitmap Typeface Have
Scalable font Have
Rasterizer Have
Barcode Have
OCR Have
Japanese PCL font Have
Japanese PS font Have

44205301TH Rev.1 12 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5 Specification of interface

1.5.1 Specification of USB interface (2) Cable


The length of the cable: the cable of less than 5m with USB 2.0 spec.
1.5.1.1 General of USB interface (Less than 2m is recommended)
(Please use the shielded wire for the cable.)
(1) Spec.
USB (Support Hi speed USB )
1.5.1.3 USB interface signal
(2) Transmission mode
Full speed (Maximum 12Mbps 0.25%) Signal name Function
High speed(Maximum 480Mbps 0.05%) 1 Vbus Power (+5V)
(3) Power control
2 D- For data transmission
Self power device
3 D+ For data transmission
4 GND Signal Ground
1.5.1.2 Connector and cable of USB interface
Shell Shield
(1) Connector
• Printer side: B Receptacle (female)
Up-stream port
(UBR24-4K5C00 (made by ACON)) Equivalent goods

Connector pins array

2 1

3 4

• Cable side: B plug(male)

44205301TH Rev.1 13 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5.2 Specification of network interface 1.5.2.2 Connector and cable of network interface
(1) Connector
1.5.2.1 General of network interface
100BASE-TX/10 BASE-T (Auto switch, cannot be used simultaneously)
Spec.
Connector pins array
Network Protocol 1 8
TCP/IP sepc. Network layer
ARP, IP, ICMP, IPv6, IPSec
Transfer layer
TCP, UDP
Application layer
LPR, Port9100, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, IPP, SNMPv1/v3, TELENET,
DHCP/BOOTP, DNS, DDNS, WINS, UPmP, Bonjour, SNTP, (2) Cable
SMTP, POP, Windows Rally (WSD Print, LLTD).
Non-shield twisted-pair cable with RJ-45 connector
NBT/NetBEUI: SMB, NetBIOS, NetBIOS over TCP
(Category 5 is recommended)
Netware: Remote printer mode(Maximum 8 print sever )
Print sever mode (Maximum 8 files sever: 32 queue)
1.5.2.3 Signal of network interface
For encrypted password (when it is print sever mode)
NetWare6J/5J/4.1J (NDS, bindery) Pin No. Signal name Direction Function
SNMP 1 TXD+ FROM PRINTER Transmission data +
EtherTalk: ELAP, AARP, DDP, AEP, NBP, ZIP, RTMP, ATP, PAP
2 TXD- FROM PRINTER Transmission data -
IEEE802.1X: EAP-TLS, PEAP
3 RXD+ TO PRINTER Receive data +
4 − − Not use
5 − − Not use
6 RXD- TO PRINTER Receive data -
7 − − Not use
8 − − Not use

44205301TH Rev.1 14 /
1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5.3 Specification of ACC interface 5) Connecting device


ODC-authorized card reader/writer
Maximum current supplied to the printer: 100 mA
1) Connector
Printer side: USB A receptacle (female)
Downstream port
DUSB-ARA42-T11A (DDK product) or equivalent
Cable side: USB A plug (male)
2) Cable
Hi-Speed USB2.0
Cable length: 2.0 m max.
(Use a shielded cable.)
Note! A cable doesn’t come with the printer.

3) Interface signals
Contact No. Signal Name Function
1 VBUS Power supply(+5V)
2 D- For data transfer
3 D+ For data transfer
4 GND Signal ground Shell
Shell Shield Shield

4) Conector pin arrengement

44205301TH Rev.1 15 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. Operating instructions
2.1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism................................17
2.2 Printing process............................................................................21
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism


(1) Electrophotographic processing (2) Charging
The general of Electrophotography process is described as below. The voltage is impressed to the charging roller in contact with the surface of
OPC drum, and the surface of OPC drum is charged.
1. Charging
The voltage is impressed to CH roller, and the surface of OPC drum is Charging roller
electrified. Power
unit - -
2. Exposure - -
--
LED head irradiates light to the image signal on the surface of the electrified
OPC drum. The electricity of the irradiated part on the surface of the OPC drum
is attenuated by changing in light intensity, the electrostatic latent image is
formed on the surface of the OPC drum.
3. Development
The electrified toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image of the OPC drum OPC drum
by electrostatic force, and the image is developed on the surface of the OPC
drum.
(3) Exposure
4. Transfer
The light generated from LED head is irradiated onto the surface of the electrified
The paper is overlapped on the surface of the OPC drum, and the electricity OPC drum. The electricity of the irradiated part on the surface of the OPC drum is
is generated on the back of the paper by transfer roller, the toner image is attenuated by changing in light intensity, the electrostatic latent image is formed
transcribed to the paper. on the surface of the OPC drum.
5. Fusing
Heat and pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper in order to make LED head
it fusing.
6. Drum cleaning
Charging roller
The drum cleaning blade removes the toner left on the OPC drum after transfer. LED head
Power
7. Electricity removal unit - -
- - - --
--
The electric potential left on the drum is removed.
8. Belt cleaning
The belt cleaning blade removes the toner left on the belt.

OPC drum
OPC drum
Paper

44205301TH Rev.1 17 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Development (5) Transfer


The toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image on the surface of the drum, The paper is overlapped on the surface of the OPC drum, and the electricity is
and the electrostatic latent image is changed into the toner image. generated on the back of the paper by transfer roller.
1. The sponge roller makes the toner adhere to the developing roller. When high voltage is impressed from the power supply to the transfer roller, the
electricity induced in the transfer roller is moved to the surface of the paper via
Charging roller
contact surface, and the toner is drawn from the surface of the OPC drum to the
surface of the paper.
- - -
- - --
--

- - -
- - --
- --
- Sponge roller OPC drum
-
Developing roller
-
-
OPC drum -

- Paper
2. The electrostatic latent image on the surface of the OPC drum surface is -
visualized by toner. -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+
-+
-+
-+ Transport belt
-+

Transfer roller
Power
unit

44205301TH Rev.1 18 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6) Fusing (7) Drum cleaning


When the paper passes through the heat roller and backup roller unit, heat and The Unfused toner left on the OPC drum is cleaned up by the drum cleaning
pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper and the toner is fused onto blade, and all residual toner is collected in the waste toner area of the toner
the paper. cartridge.
The halogen lamps of 800W and 400W are built in heat roller. The backup roller Waste toner area
without built-in halogen lamp is heated by the heat transmission from the heat
roller. The fusing temperature is controlled by the temperature detected by the Toner cartridge
thermistor that is not in contacting with the surface of the heat roller. On the
other hand, the temperature detected by the thermistor rubbing the surface
of backup roller is used for controlling the fusing temperature under specified
conditions. Furthermore, a thermostat is used to limit the temperature rise, if
the temperature rise of heat roller exceeds a set point, the thermostat would be
open and the voltage supply to the heater would be cut off. The backup roller
unit is pressed on the heat roller by the spring on both sides.

Thermostat
ID unit
Thermistor
-
Drum cleaning blade -

Paper feeding path Paper Heat roller -


-+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+
-+

Backup roller
(8) Electricity removal
The electricity on the surface of the OPC drum is attenuated by irradiating the
Pad light to the surface of the OPC drum after transfer.

Charging roller
Electricity-removing
light PCB
Fuser belt
Thermistor

Electricity-removing
light

OPC drum

44205301TH Rev.1 19 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(9) Belt cleaning


The toner left on the transport belt is cleaned up by the belt cleaning blade, and
all residual toner is collected in the waste toner box of the transport belt unit.

Transport belt

Belt waste toner box

Belt cleaning blade

44205301TH Rev.1 20 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.2 Printing process


The paper fed from tray 1 or tray 2, tray.3 is transferred by feeder roller, resister roller
L, and transfer roller. It is transferred by MPT paper feed roller and resister roller U
r
when the paper is fed from MPT. After that, the paper on the belt passes through the w n stacke
Face-do
electrophotography process of KYMC, and sequentially the unfused toner image is
generated on the paper. And then, the toner is fused by heat and pressure when it
Fac Heat roller MPT paper feed roller
is passed through the fuse unit. After fusing, the paper is delivered to the faceup or e-up Halogen lamp
facedown stacker by utilization of different delivery methods by opening or closing the sta
cke Transport belt Resister roller U
r Backup roller
faceup stacker.
Separator DUP
The operation of single-sided printing is described as above. The operation of duplex MPT
Reversal roller
printing is described as below.
As for the duplex print, the paper passed the fuse unit after initially back printing is drawn
into the Duplex unit by separator DUP. The paper entered into the paper reversing path is Transport roller Resister roller L
transferred from the paper reversing path to the inside of Duplex by reverse operation of
reversal roller. The paper passed over the inside of Duplex is fed from paper feed path of
Duplex by the transfer roller set in the transfer path of Duplex inside, which is shared with
the same paper feed path from the tray. The following operation is same as single-sided Paper reversing path Paper feed roller
printing with paper feeding from the tray.

Transport roller

Transport roller

44205301TH Rev.1 21 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1) Paper feeding from 1st tray (2) Paper feeding from MPT
1. As figure 2-1 shows, a feed motor runs clockwise, a feed clutch engages and 1. As figure 2-3 shows, a feed motor runs counterclockwise, an MPT clutch
paper is fed (a feed roller rotates when the feed clutch engages). engages and paper is fed (an MPT feed roller rotates when the MPT clutch
2. After turning on an IN1 sensor, the paper is fed further a determined length engages).
until it touches a registration sensor L (this corrects skews of the paper). 2. After turning on an IN2 sensor, the paper is fed further a determined length
3. As figure 2-2 shows, a registration clutch engages and the registration roller until it touches a registration roller U (this corrects skews of the paper).
L feeds paper (the registration roller L rotates when the registration clutch 3. As figure 2-4 shows, the feed motor runs clockwise and the registration roller
engages). U feeds the paper (the registration roller U rotates when the feed motor runs
clockwise).

WR Sensor IN2 Sensor MPT Feed Roller


Registration Clutch (rotating)
MPT Clutch
Registration Roller U (not engaging) WR Sensor (engaging)
(rotating) Registration Roller L
(not rotating)
Registration Roller U
(not rotating) IN2 Sensor
IN1 Sensor

Feed Clutch
(engaging)
Feed Roller
(rotating)
Feed Motor
(running clockwise)
Feed Motor
Paper (running counterclockwise)

Figure 2-1 Figure 2-3

Registration Clutch MPT Feed Roller


(engaging) (not rotating) MPT Clutch
(not engaging)
Registration Roller L
(rotating)

Registration Roller U
(rotating)

Feed Clutch
(not engaging)

Feed Roller
(not rotating)
Feed Motor
(running clockwise) Feed Motor
(running clockwise)
Paper
Figure 2-2 Figure 2-4

44205301TH Rev.1 22 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Transport belt


1. When the transport belt motor is rotated in the direction of the arrow, the
transport belt is driven. As for the belt unit, a transfer roller is set over under
each color drum. The belt is caught and installed between the transfer roller
and drum.
As for the transport belt and transfer roller, if the specified voltage is
impressed, the paper on the transport belt would be delivered to the fuser
unit while transcribing the toner image on each color drum.

Drum

Transport belt
K Y M C

Transfer roller
Transport belt motor

Figure 2-5

44205301TH Rev.1 23 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Updown operation of ID unit The operation of each ID unit when color printing

1. The up and down operation of the ID unit is done by driving the liftup motor. C-ID unit DOWN C-ID unit M-ID unit Y-ID unit K-ID unit
M-ID unit DOWN
2. Fig. 2-6 shows the operation of each ID unit when color printing. When the Y-ID unit DOWN
liftup motor is rotated (counter clockwise), the liftup link slides to left, and K-ID unit DOWN
each ID unit is in DOWN condition as shown in Fig. 2-6. Under this condition,
the color printing is available.
3. Fig. 2-7 shows the operation of each ID unit when mono printing. When the
liftup motor is rotated (clockwise), the liftup link slides to right, and each ID
unit (except K-ID unit) is in UP condition as shown in Fig. 2-7. Under this
condition, the mono printing is available.

Liftup link

Liftup motor (CCW)

Figure 2-6

The operation of each ID unit when mono printing


C-ID unit Liftup C-ID unit M-ID unit Y-ID unit K-ID unit
M-ID unit Liftup
Y-ID unit Liftup
K-ID unit DOWN

Liftup link

Liftup motor (CW)

Figure 2-7

44205301TH Rev.1 24 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Fuse unit and paper delivery (6) Cover open operation of color blur sensor and density sensor
1. The fuse unit and the delivery roller are driven by the DC motor as shown in 1. As shown in Fig. 2-9, when the fuse motor is rotated (clockwise), the cover
Fig. 2-8. When the fuse motor is rotated (counter clockwise), the heat roller open gear is operated and the cover of color blur sensor and density sensor
will begin to rotate. The heat roller makes the toner image fused to the paper is open.
by heat and pressure. 2. When the fuse motor is rotated (counter clockwise) in the opposite direction,
2. The paper exits while the delivery roller rotates. the cover open gear is moved out of engagement and the cover of color blur
sensor and the density sensor is close.

Eject roller
(Drive) Eject roller
(Stop)
Fuser unit

Heat roller
Heat roller (stop)
(Drive)

Fuse motor
Fuse motor (CW)
(CCW)
Cover open gear

Figure 2-8 Figure 2-9

44205301TH Rev.1 25 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

General of color blur correction


The color blur correction is operated by reading the pattern for correction printed on the
belt with a sensor set in the sensor shutter under the belt unit.
Transport belt
The pattern is detected by this sensor, and the correction is operated.

Color blur correction auto-start timing


• When the power is on
• When the cover is closed after the cover is opened once
• When more than 400 copies are printed or when more than 6 hours have elapsed
since the last print Belt waste toner box
• The Sleep mode has no color blur correction auto-start timings.
Sensor shutter Belt cleaning blade
Color blur sensor
The amount of toner of the pattern, the toner left on the sensor and the open-close
Color blur sensor
trouble of the shutter etc. may lead to correction error. However, as the error message
may not display even if the error is occurred, it is necessary to perform the color blur
correction (see 5.3.2.6) by the utilization of the self-diagnostic mode and confirm the error
Right color blur correction pattern
display.

Left color blur correction pattern

Color blur sensor

44205301TH Rev.1 26 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error-confirming method and Error-solving method


Use the color blur correction test function in self-diagnostic mode to confirm the
error. (See 5.3.1.6)
Error solving method
• CALIBRATION(L or R), DYNAMICRANGE(L or R)
Check 1: W hen the above display appears, please check the connection
of sensor cable (FFC).
When the connection is abnormal, please set it properly.
Check 2: Please check if the surface of the sensor is dirty with the toner and paper
melts etc.
Check 3: Please confirm if the open and close operation of sensor shutter is
normal by utilization of MOTOR&CLUTCH TEST in self-diagnostic mode.
Exchange the shutter unit when the open and close operation is in
trouble.

If there are no problems in check 1, 2, and 3, please check the circuit.


Please exchange the color adjust sensor PCB, relay PCB, PU PCB, and the cable
one by one, and then check if the error is displayed.

• BELT REFLX ERR


Check 4: When this display appears, please check the cleaning of the toner left
on the surface of the belt after finishing the above-mentioned check 1, 2,
and 3. Remove the belt unit, and rotate the left inboard drive gear. Please
confirm that the surface of the belt is cleaned completely.
When the residual toner left on the surface of the belt could not be
cleaned completely even if the drive gear is rotated, please exchange the
belt unit.

• (Y or M or C) LEFT, (Y or M or C) RIGHT, (Y or M or C) HORIZONTAL


Check 5: When the above display appears, please confirm if the toner of NG color
is empty.
Please exchange the toner cartridge as required.

44205301TH Rev.1 27 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

General of the density correction


The density correction is operated by reading the pattern for correction printed on the belt
with a sensor set in the sensor shutter under the belt unit.
Transfer belt

Density correction auto-start timing


• The environment is remarkably different from last time when the power is on.
• When one or more ID count among the four ID count show the status of new part,
at the power on
• The ID count value exceeds 500-count from last operation.
• When one or more UD is replaced with the new ID.
• When the belt is replaced with the new belt Belt recycling toner box
• When toner cartridge is replace due to Toner Low, or Toner Empty so that Toner
Low or Toner Empty has disappeared Sensor shutter Density sensor Belt cleaning blade

Density sensor
The amount of toner of the pattern, the toner dirt and the open-close trouble of the shutter
etc. may lead to correction error.
However, as the error message may not display even if the error is occurred, it is
necessary to perform the density correction (see 5.3.1.7) by the utilization of the self-
diagnostic mode and confirm the error display.

Density correction pattern

44205301TH Rev.1 28 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error-confirming method and Error-solving method Toner sensor detection principle


Use the density correction test function in self-diagnostic mode to confirm the error. Toner low is detected by the toner sensor (reflect sensor) installed in the equipment.
(See 5.3.1.7) The light board is installed in ID, and its rotation is synchronized with the mixing of toner.
Moreover, the shutter is installed in ID. Toner cartridge set properly by the lever of toner
cartridge and synchronized toner sensor can be detected.
Error solving method The following problems may lead to abnormal detection and the toner sensor error is
• CALIBRATION ERR, DENS SENSOR ERR occurred.
Check 1: When the above display appears, please check the connection of sensor
cable.
When the connection is abnormal, please set it properly.
Check 2: Please check if the surface of the sensor is dirty with the toner and paper
melts etc.
Please wipe the dirt off if the sensor is dirty.

If there are no problems in check 1, 2, and 3, please check the circuit.


Shutter
Please exchange the density sensor, relay PCB, PU PCB, and the cable one by one,
and then check if the error is displayed. Toner sensor

Light board
• DENS SHUTTER ERR
Check 3: Please confirm if the open and close operation of sensor shutter is
normal by utilization of MOTOR&CLUTCH TEST in self-diagnostic mode.
Exchange the shutter unit when the open and close operation is in Toner count principle
trouble. After the image data is transformed into binary data which can be printed by the printer, the
data is counted as print dot number by LSI. The amount of the used toner is calculated from this
• DENS ID ERR count value, and the residual amount is displayed on the menu.
Check 4: Remove the ID unit, and confirm if the toner abnormally leaves on the Toner LOW detection (residual amount display on LCD) by the toner sensor is to detect a
surface of the drum. certain amount of the reduction of the toner left in ID.
Exchange LED head (Focus control). Or exchange the ID unit.
When a new ID unit is tried to use, please set the fuse keep mode of the
maintenance menu. The principle of ID counter, belt counter, fuse counter
ID counter : when 3 pieces of A4 paper are continuously printed, one third of the
rotation of the drum is set as one count.
Belt counter : when 3 pieces of A4 paper are continuously printed, one thirdof the
rotation of the drum is assumed as one count.
Fuse counter : The length of paper of legal 13 inch is set as nominal value.
If the length of paper is less than this nominal value, it is assumed as
one count. If the length of paper is more than this nominal value,the
counted number is determined by the times of legal 13 inch.
(The number after decimal point is rounded up.)

44205301TH Rev.1 29 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Counter spec
Total printed page MPT printed page Tray 1 printed page Tray 2 printed page Tray 3 printed page
Color-printed page number Mono-printed page number
number number number number number
Description Total printed page Hopping page Hopping page Hopping page Hopping page Printed page number by Printed page number by
number number from MPT number from Tray1 number from Tray2 number from Tray3 color-printing mono-printing
Count method A4 Count up after Count up if Count up if Tray1 Count up if Tray2 Count up if Tray3 The page number is counted The page number is
conversion or size passing the writing MPF(MPT) hopping hopping is finished hopping is finished hopping is finished up by detecting the paper counted up by detecting the
independence sensor is finished passing the fuser in color- paper passing the fuser in
printing mode after the job is mono-printing mode after
finished. (1*) the job is finished. (1*)
The value is A4/Letter value. The value is A4/Letter
Please refer to A4/ Letter value.
conversion table (P31). Please refer to A4/ Letter
conversion table (P31).
Operation when Cannot count when paper feeding (hopping) jam and feed jam are occurred. Cannot count if the jam is occurred before the paper passes
paper jammed It can count except the above-mentioned jam. the fuser.
As total printed page number is counted up when the front end of the page passes the writing sensor, according to It can count if the jam is occurred after the paper passes the
the jam type, the feeding jam (380) is also included in the limits for counted. fuser.

Operation for Front/Back count(+2) Only front count (+1) Double count
Duplex If the color page and mono page exist together, the color
printing page number would be plus 1 and the mono printing
page number would be plus 1.
Reset condition None None 1) When "Format Flash ROM" of system maintenance menu
is performed.
2) When CU PCB is replaced.
3) When MENU RESET of system maintenance menu is
performed.
4) When CU PCB is replaced.
Value storage PU PU PU PU PU CU CU
destination
Menu/MenuMap (*2)
output
EngineMenuMap (*3) (*3) (*3) (*3) − −
output

*1. Count cannot be updated if the power is turned off when the jam is occurred.
*2. In the initial state MenuMap output is not available. It is possible to switch in the system maintenance menu.
*3. EngineMenuMap output divides into Engine Menu Print (the first page) and Engine EEPROM Dump Print (the last page), however, the number of paper fed from each tray is
output only to the latter one (DUMP display only).

44205301TH Rev.1 30 /
2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

A4/Letter conversion table


The paper is counted up as this sheet.

Paper size Simplex Duplex


LETTER 1 2
EXECUTIVE 1 2
LEGAL14 1 2
LEGAL13.5 1 2
LEGAL13 1 2
A4 1 2
A5 1 2
A6 1 -
B5 1 2
COM-9 1 -
COM-10 1 -
MONARCH 1 -
DL 1 -
C5 1 -
CUSTOM LENGTH ≤ 210mm 1 2
CUSTOM 210mm < LENGTH ≤ 899mm 2 4
CUSTOM 900mm ≤ LENGTH 4 -

44205301TH Rev.1 31 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3. Set up
3.1 Notes and precautions..................................................................33
3.2 Unpack method............................................................................34
3.3 Setting method.............................................................................35
3.4 List of equipments and accessories.............................................36
3.5 Assembling method......................................................................37
3.6 Setting content print (Configuration).............................................56
3.7 Connecting method......................................................................57
3.8 User used Paper confirmation......................................................59
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.1 Notes and precautions

• Do not set it in any high-temperature locations or near any heat sources. • If the liquid such as water enters the printer, please pull out the power plug from the
• Do not set it in a place where the chemical reaction may occur (laboratory etc.). outlet and contact the customer center.It may cause fire.
• Do not set it near any liquid that may ignite such as alcohol and thinner. • If you drop the foreign objects such as clip in the printer, please pull out the power
• Do not keep it out of reach of children. plug from the outlet and take the foreign objects out.
• Do not place it on an unstable or uneven surface This may cause an electric shock, fire, injury.
(unstable table and slanting place, etc.). • Do not disassemble the printer unless following the correct procedure written in the
• Do not put it in direct sunshine. And do not put it in a moist or dusty place. manual.This may cause an electric shock, fire, injury.

• Do not set it in wet or corrosive environment.


• Do not set it in a place where may cause vibration.
• If the printer is dropped down or the cover is damaged, please pull out the power
plug from the outlet and contact the customer center. • Do not set it in a place where the vent hole of the printer is blocked.
This may cause an electric shock, fire, injury. • Do not set it directly on heavy wool or shag carpet.
• Please read this manual carefully before connecting the power supply cable, printer • Do not place it in locations of poor ventilation such as enclosed areas.
cable, ground cable. • Give particular attention to adequate ventilation care when using it continuously in a
This may cause fire. narrow room for a long time.
• Do not insert any foreign objects into the vent hole. • Do not place it close to strong magnetic fields and noise source.
This may cause an electric shock, fire, injury.
• Do not place it next to the monitor and television.
• Do not put a vessel(s) filled with water on the printer.
• Hold tightly the both sides of the printer when you move the printer.
This may cause an electric shock, fire.
• Because the weight of the printer is approximately 33kg (in a state of packing), it
• Do not touch the fuser unit when you open the cover of the printer.
needs more than two adults to lift it up.
It is hot and could cause burns.
• Do not come close to the paper exit part while printing.
• Do not throw the toner cartridge, the image drum cartridge into the fire.
This may cause injury.
It may cause burns due to dust explosion.
• Do not use inflammable sprays near the printer. Please explain the safety precautions about installation and handling with showing the
It may cause fire because some parts in the printer may become very hot. all precautions in user's manual to customer. Especially, the details about power supply
cable and the ground cable must be explained completely.
• If the cover becomes abnormally hot, smoke rises, it smells strange or it sounds
abnormal, please pull out the power plug from the outlet and contact the customer
center.
It may cause fire.

44205301TH Rev.1 33 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.2 Unpack method

Personal injuries may occur.

Because the weight of the printer ( without Duplex unit ) is


approximately 31kg (in a state of packing), it needs more than
two adults to lift it up.

• Take out the gripe on each side as shown in the following figure, and lift the
cardboard box up.

Gripe
(Four gripes on all sides)

44205301TH Rev.1 34 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.3 Setting method


• Set the printer under these conditions. Plan view
Surrounding environment: 10~32
Surrounding humidity: 20~80%RH (Relative humidity)
20cm
Highest wet bulb temperature: 25

• Protect the printer from dew formation.


• Use the humidifier or the static electricity prevention mats etc. when setting the
printer in the environment where the humidity is 30% or less.

Set space
60cm 100cm
• The flat desk should be wide enough to put the printer on.
• Ensure that there is enough room around the printer for proper ventilation. 20cm

Side view

70cm

44205301TH Rev.1 35 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.4 List of equipments and accessories


• Make sure that the appearance of the equipment is not damaged or dirty etc. Printer software CD-ROM
• Make sure that the following accessories are supplied with your printer. Power supply cord
• If you are missing any of these accessories, contact your customer service Guarantee card and user registration card
department immediately.
User’s manual (Setup)
User’s manual (CD-ROM)
Personal injuries may occur.

Because the weight of the printer body is approximately 26kg


Notes! The printer cable is not included.
(31kg in a state of packing), it needs more than two adults to lift it up.

Printer (Body)

Image drum cartridge (1 Cyan, 1 the magenta, 1 yellow, and 1 black) (mounted in
the printer)

Explain to the customer that the toner cartridge and the image drum cartridge can
be separated.

44205301TH Rev.1 36 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5 Assembling method

3.5.1 Assemble the main body of the printer (3) Peel off the protection tape (4 places) on the back of the printer.

Remove the protective materials. Protection tape


(1) Peel off the desiccant and the protection tape (six places) on the printer.

Desiccant Duplex unit


Protection tape

Protection tape

Protection tape (4) Confirm that the Duplex print unit is fixed tightly.

(5) Pull the paper cassette out.


(2) Peel off the paper on the front of printer.

Paper

44205301TH Rev.1 37 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6) Pull the retainer out in the direction of the arrow (1). Return the paper cassette (8) Remove the stopper (orange) when pressing down the lever of the fuser unit
to the main body of the printer. (blue) in the direction of arrow .

Note! If you do not use the printer for a long time or transport it, please use the
stopper. Please keep it carefully.

Lever of fuser unit (Bule)

Retainer

Stopper (Orange)

(7) Press down the OPEN button, and open the top cover.

OPEN button

44205301TH Rev.1 38 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Set the image drum cartridge. (2) Put the image drum cartridge on the newspaper etc, peel off the tape of
protection sheet 1 and pull it out in the direction of the arrow.

(1) Take the image drum cartridge (four) out slowly. Tape

Note! • The image drum (green cylinder) is very fragile. Please pay special Protection sheet 1
attention to handling it.
Protection sheet 1
• Do not expose the image drum cartridge to direct sunshine and strong
light (about 1500 lux). And do not expose it to room light for more than 5
minutes. Protection sheet 2

Starter toner cartridge

(3) Pull the protection sheet 2 out from image drum cartridge in the direction of
Image drum cartridge arrow.

Protection sheet 2

(4) Remove all protection sheets from the image drum cartridge.

44205301TH Rev.1 39 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Return the image drum cartridge back to the printer. (7) Close the top cover.

Note! If the message of [%COLOR% Waste Toner Full.Replace Toner.] on the


control panel doesn't disappear indefinitely, please make sure that the lever
of the toner cartridge is fully moved in the direction of the arrow.

(6) Turn the lever of each starter toner cartridge in the direction of the arrow.
(Four levers)

Lever(Blue)

44205301TH Rev.1 40 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Set the paper into the paper cassette. (4) Place the paper in the cassette with the side to be printed facing down.

(1) Pull out the paper cassette. Note! • Place the paper with the top of the page nearest the paper cassette tab.
• Do not place the paper higher than the " " mark on the paper guide. (530
Do not peel off the rubber attached to the plate.
pieces for 70kg paper)
(2) Adjust the paper stopper and the paper guide to match the size of the paper,
and then fix them tightly.
(5) Place the paper in position by paper guide.
(6) Rotate the paper size dial to match the paper.
(7) Return the paper cassette back to the printer.

Paper set direction

Paper guide

Paper stopper

Plate
Place the printed side
facing down.

(3) Flex the paper back and forth. Do not fold or crease the paper. Straighten the
edges on a level surface.
“▽”mark

Paper guide

44205301TH Rev.1 41 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Set the paper in multi-paper tray. (4) Place the printed side facing up, and insert the paper along the manual insertion
guide straightly until bumping up.

(1) Open the multi-paper tray, and open the paper supporter.

“▽”mark

Multi-paper tray

Note! Set papers so that paper should not exceed the " " mark. (100 sheets of
(2) Match the manual insertion guide to the size of the paper.
paper with ream weight of 70 kg or 10 envelopes)

(3) Flex the paper back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level surface.
(5) Press down the set button.
Manual insertion guide

Multi-paper tray

Paper supporter
Manual insertion
guide

Set button

44205301TH Rev.1 42 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5.2 Cable connect Connect the power cord.


Power condition Note! Confirm that the power switch is turned to OFF " ".
(1) Insert the power cord into the printer.
• Keep the following items.
AC voltage : 110~127V ± 10%/ 220~240V ± 10% アース端子
Frequency of the power supply : 50Hz or 60Hz ± 2%
アース線
• Use the voltage adjusting transformer etc. when the power supply is unstable. O I
• The maximum power consumption of this printer is 1,300W. Confirm the power
supply can provide enough power.
• The operation with UPS (uninterruptible power supplies) is not guaranteed.
Explain to the customers that do not use UPS (uninterruptible power supplies).
(2) Connect the ground cable with the ground terminal of the outlet.
It may cause an electric shock, fire.
• Installation and removal of the power supply cord and the ground cable must be performed after pressing Ground terminal
down the power switch to OFF.
• Please connect the ground cable with a specified ground terminal. Please contact the dealer if you cannot get it. Ground cable
• Be careful not to connect it with the lightning rod, the water pipe, the gas pipe, and the earth of the
telephone wire.
It may cause an electric shock.
• Connection of the ground terminal must be performed before inserting the power plug into the power outlet.
And, removal of the ground terminal must be performed after pulling the power plug out of the power outlet. The ground cable must be connected.
• Please hold the power plug to disconnect or plug in the power supply cord.
• Please insert the power plug firmly into the outlet. (3) Insert the power plug into the outlet.
• Do not pull out or plug in the power plug with wet hands.
• Do not locate the printer in a place where the cord may be abused by persons walking on, and do not place
the heavy objects on the power cord.
• Do not use the power supply cord that is bundled or connect the power supply with an extension cord.
• Do not use a damaged power supply cord.
• Do not use a multiple outlet extension cord.
• Please connect this printer into an outlet different from that to which other electric products is connected. Press down the power switch to ON( | ).
Especially, the operation of the printer might be affected by the electrical noise when the printer is connected
simultaneously with the air-conditioner, the copier and shredder etc. Please use the noise filter or the noise
cut-off transformer sold at the market if you have to connect the printer into a same outlet.
• Please use the attached power cord and insert it into the outlet directly. Do not use an unspecified power cord. O I
• Do not use an extension cable. Please use a cable that is more than 15A current rating if you have to use
an extension cable.
•If the extension cord is used, the printer might operate abnormally by the decrease of AC voltage.
•Do not unplug the power cord or switch off the power during printing.
•Please unplug the power cord if you do not use the printer for a long time (long vacation or travel etc). If the printer is completely started up, the message "Ready To Print" would be displayed
•Do not use the attached power cord of this printer to the other electric products. on the control panel shown as follows.
Note! When the printer is getting cold, it may lead to error if the power is turned
Explain completely the connection of the power supply cable and the ground cable with on. (Error number 126,171,175,177,320). At this time, please turn off the
showing the user's manual to customer. power and wait for a while, and then turn on the power again.

44205301TH Rev.1 43 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Turn the power off. When you do not use the printer for long time
Note! If you turn off the power without properly shutting down, it may cause Please explain to the customer about the following items.
damage to the printer. Please follow the following procedure to turn the Unplug the power cord if you do not use the printer for a long time (long vacation or travel etc).
power off.
Install the stopper to the fuser.
(1) A message [Shut down Yes/No] appears. Be sure Yes is selected and press the

Set [Back] button.


Note! Please remove the ground terminal after pulling the power plug out
of the power outlet.
A message [Shutting down] appears, the printer being shutting down.

[Back] button

Note! Even if the power plug of this printer is pulled out for a long time (four
weeks or more), the functional problems will not be caused easily.
However, please explain to the customer that the deterioration of
consumable such as toners and the image drums is not guaranteed.

(2) If the message [Turn off power/Shutdown completed] is displayed, press down
the power switch to OFF " ".

O I

44205301TH Rev.1 44 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5.3 Optional part installation and confirmation (1)-2. Install the optional tray unit to the printer.
Note! Because the weight of the printer body is approximately 26kg, it needs
(1) Installation of the optional tray unit (second/ third tray) more than two adults to lift it up.

It is a traditional paper tray for adding paper into printer. Match the tab into the hole in the bottom of the printer.
530 pieces of 70kg paper can be set. Using it with a standard paper cassette and a multi- Put the printer on the optional tray unit slowly.Please remove it following the
purpose tray can print 1690 pieces of pages continuously. steps 1-2 in reverse order.

Hole in the bottom of the printer


Tab

(1)-1. Turn the printer power to OFF and pull out the power cord from the outlet.
Turn the power off with following the procedure in chapter 3.5.2 [Turn the power
off.].
Note! When you install two optional trays to the printer, set the optional tray
Notes! • If you turn off the power without properly shutting down, it may cause directly on top of the other optional tray, and then put them on the printer.
damage to the printer. Please operate the [Shutdown Menu].
• It may cause damage to the printer, if you install the optional tray with
power ON.

Hole in the bottom of the printer


Tab
Hole in the bottom
Tab

44205301TH Rev.1 45 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1)-3. Connect the power cord and printer cable to the printer and turn the (1)-5. Set the number of tray by the printer driver.
power on.
The printer driver setup for recognizing the option tray unit is required.
Note! If the message [Service Call/182: Fatal Error] or [Service Call/183: Fatal If the printer driver is not set up, please set up the printer driver completely referring to
Error] is displayed, reinstall the optional tray unit. the user's manual (Setup) firstly, and then finish the following setting procedure.

(1)-4. Print the setting content and confirm if the option tray unit is installed Note! The authority of the computer administrator is required.
properly.
For windows PS printer driver
Print the setting content with following the procedure in chapter 3.6.
For Windows Vista, click on [start] =>
Confirm the content of [tray 2] or [tray 3] is display in header part. [control panel] => [printer].
For Windows XP, click on [start] =>
[control panel] => [printer and other
hardware] => [printers and Faxes].
For WindowsServer 2003, click on
[start] => [printers and faxes].
For Windows 2000, click on [start] =>
[Settings] => [printers].
Click the [C610(PS)] icon with right-
Note! If the content of [tray 2] or [tray 3] is not displayed, reinstall the second tray c l i ck bu t t o n o n yo u r m o u s e a n d
unit. choose the [Properties].
(For Windows XP)
Choose [get information from printer]
from [installable options] in [Device
options] tab, and click [setup] or [get
information from printer]. For USB
connection, set [Optional paper
source] manually.
Click [OK].

44205301TH Rev.1 46 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

For Windows PCL printer driver For Mac OS X


For Windows Vista, click on [start] => When the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X before installing the
[control panel] => [printer].
printer driver, the device information is gotten automatically. However, if the printer is
For Windows XP, click on [start] => connected by [IP print] and [Bonjour (Rendezvous)], the device information could not
[control panel] => [printer and other be gotten automatically.
hardware] => [printers and Faxes].
If the printer is connected by [AppleTalk], the device information could also not be
For WindowsServer 2003, click on gotten automatically when the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X
[start] => [printers and faxes]. before installing the printer driver.
For Windows 2000, click on [start] => Please finish the following setting procedure for above.
[Settings] => [printers]. Double-click [Applications] for hard
disk => [utility] => [print setting utility]
Click [C610(**)] (** is PCL or PCL ([Applications] => [Utility] => [print
XPS (printer driver type)) icon with center] in Mac OS X)
right-click button on your mouse and Select [C610], click [Show info] and
choose [Properties]. open [printer info].
(For Windows XP) Choose [get information from printer] Choose [installable options].
in [Device options] tab. For USB Select the [Optional paper source],
connection, input the optional tray and click [Apply].
number in [Optional devices] manually.
Close [printer info].
Click [OK].

44205301TH Rev.1 47 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(2) Installation of Duplex unit (2)-3. Install Duplex Unit


This unit is used for printing on two sides of paper. Insert the Duplex unit into the lower part on the back of the printer as far as
Note! For two-sides printing, it is recommended to add expansion memory. For it will go.
details, see "Expansion memories." Ensure that the claw on either side of the Duplex unit is securely
accommodated in the hole of the printer.

Holes

Claws

(2)-1. Turning OFF the printer power and disconnecting the power cord
Note! If an expansion memory is installed with the power switched ON, the printer
may be broken.
O I Duplex unit

(2)-2. Peeling the protective tapes off the Duplex unit

Protective tapes (2)

44205301TH Rev.1 48 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Add the optional memory. (3)-1. Turn the power of printer off, and pull out the power cord.
It is used to increase the memory capacity of the printer. Turn off the power with following the procedure in chapter 3.5.2 [Turn off power].
Please add the optional memory as following problems occur:
“Out of memory” error [Memory Overflow] occurs when printing complex data. Notes! • If you turn off the power without properly shutting down, it may cause
damage to the optional memory. Operate the [Shutdown Menu].
Combination print error occurs when printing the whole file at once.
• It may cause damage to the printer, if you install the optional memory
with power ON.

(3)-2. Open the top cover and front cover.

Press down the OPEN button, and open


the top cover.
Optional memory

Memory capacity
Type name
(Total memory capacity)
None (Standard) 256MB (256MB) OPEN button

MEM256G +256MB (512MB)


MEM512D +512MB (768MB) Open the multi-purpose tray.

Notes! • The operation cannot be guaranteed when using an unspecified product.


Please use OKI product.
• It is recommended to add 256MB optional memory when long size
printing.
• The slot for memory is one slot.
Multi-purpose tray Handle

Pull up on the handle (blue) at the center


of the front cover, and open the front
cover forward.

Front cover

44205301TH Rev.1 49 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3)-3. Remove the side cover. (3)-4. Install the memory.

Loose the screw (one place). Discharge any static electricity by


Remove the side cover. touching a grounded metal object
Pull it outward to remove while holding the before taking the memory out of the
upper edge of the side cover to lift. package.
Insert the memory into the slot.

Screw

Side cover

Push the memory to the printer side


and fix it firmly.

Notes! • Do not touch any electrical parts and terminals of connectors.


• Be careful to install the memory in the proper direction. A notch on the
terminal of the memory is matched to the connector of the slot.

44205301TH Rev.1 50 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3)-5. Install the side cover. (4) Install the SD memory card.
Install the side cover.
Fix the side cover with the screw. (one
place) Note! Be careful that the font cannot be downloaded.

Close the top cover and front cover.

Top cover
Screw

(4)-1.Turn the power of printer off, and pull out the power cord.
Please turn off the power with following the procedure in chapter 3.5.2 [Turn off
Front cover Side cover power].

Notes! • If you turn off the power without properly shutting down, it may cause
damage to the printer. Please operate the [Shutdown Menu].
(3)-6. Connect the power cord and printer cable to the printer, and turn the • It may cause damage to the printer, if you install the optional memory
power on. with power ON.
Note! If the message [Service Call/031:Fatal Error] is displayed, please reinstall
the memory.

(3)-7. Print the setting content and confirm if the optional memory is installed
properly.

Print the setting content with following the procedure in chapter 3.6.
Confirm the total memory capacity displayed in [Total Memory] of [System]
part.
Note! If total memory capacity displayed in [Total Memory] is incorrect,
please reinstall the memory.

44205301TH Rev.1 51 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4)-2. Open the top cover and front cover. (4)-3. Remove the side cover.

Press down the OPEN button, and open Loose the screw (one place).
the top cover. Remove the side cover.
Pull it outward to remove while holding
the upper edge of the side cover to lift.

Screw
OPEN button

Open the multi-purpose tray.

Side cover

(4)-4. Install the built-in SD Memory Card.


Multi-purpose tray Handle
Observing the orientation of the SD
memory card, insert it into the slot on
the printer side.
Pull up on the handle (blue) at the center
of the front cover, and open the front
cover forward. Note! The card cannot be used with
its write-protect switch (to guard
against accidental erasure on the
card) in the unlocked position. To
use the card, be sure to place the
switch in the locked position.
Front cover

44205301TH Rev.1 52 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Press the SD memory card until it clicks. (4)-7. Print the setting content and confirm if the SD memory card is installed
properly.

(4)-5. Install the side cover. Print the setting content with following the procedure in chapter 3.6.
Install the side cover. Confirm the SD Memory Card capacity displayed in [SD Card].
F i x t h e s i d e c ove r w i t h t h e s c r ew.
Memo The capacity of SD memory card might be different from the example of
(one place)
the above figure.
Close the top cover and front cover. Note! Please reinstall the SD memory card when the capacity of SD Card is
not displayed.
Top cover
Screw And, the printer driver setup for recognizing the SD memory card disk is required.
If the printer driver is not set up, please set up the printer driver completely referring to
the user's manual (Setup) firstly, and then finish the following setting procedure.

Front cover Side cover

(4)-6. Connect the power cord and printer cable to the printer, and turn the
power on.

44205301TH Rev.1 53 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4)-8. Set [SD memory card] by printer driver For Windows PCL printer driver
Note! The authority of the computer administrator is required. For Windows Vista, click on [start]
=> [control panel] => [printer].
For windows PS printer driver For Windows XP, click on [start]
=> [control panel] => [printer and
For Windows Vista, click on [start]
other hardware] => [printers and
=> [control panel] => [printer].
Faxes].
For Windows XP, click on [start]
For WindowsServer 2003, click on
=> [control panel] => [printer and
[start] => [printers and faxes].
other hardware] => [printers and
Faxes]. For Windows 2000, click on [start]
=> [Settings] => [printers].
For Windows Server 2003, click
on [start] => [printers and faxes]. Click [C610(PCL)]icon with right-
click button on your mouse and
For Windows 2000, click on [start]
choose [Properties].
=> [Settings] => [printers].
Choose [get infor mation from
Click the [C610(PS)] icon with
printer] in [Device options] tab. For
right-click button on your mouse (For Windows XP) USB connection, select the option
(For Windows XP) and choose the [Properties].
[SD Memory card] manually.
Choose [get infor mation from
printer] from [installable options]
Click [OK].
in [Device options] tab, and click
[setup] or [get information from
printer]. For USB connection, set
[SD Memor y card] as [Install]
manually.
Click [OK].

44205301TH Rev.1 54 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

For Mac OS X

When the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X before installing the
printer driver, the device information is gotten automatically. However, if the printer is
connected by [IP print] and [Bonjour (Rendezvous)], the device information could not
be gotten automatically.
If the printer is connected by [AppleTalk], the device information could also not be
gotten automatically when the optional device has been added into in Mac OS X
before installing the printer driver.
Please finish the following setting procedure for above.

Double-click [Applications] for


hard disk => [utility] => [print
setting utility] ([Applications] =>
[Utility] => [print center] in Mac
OS X)
Select [C610], click [Show info]
and open [printer info].
Choose [installable options].
Select the [SD Memor y Card]
option, and click [Apply].
Close [printer info].
C o n f i r m t h e a d d e d p r i n t e r i s
shown in [Printer list], and close
[print center].
(For Mac OS X 10.2, choose
the added pr inter, and select
the option [SD Memory Card] of
[Installable options] panel in [Show
info] menu of [Printer], and click
[Apply].)

44205301TH Rev.1 55 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.6 Setting content print (Configuration)


To confirm the printer operates normally, please print the [Configuration]. (C610n sample)

(1) Set A4 paper in tray.

(2) Press the button for several times so that [Print Information] is displayed,

and press down the button.

(3) Press the button and select [Configuration], press down the setting button.

(4) Press down the button.


The setting content print is started.

Memo When printing the network setting infor mation (2 pieces Network
Information), press the button after (2), and press down the
button after [Network] is displayed.

A Demo page or a file list can be printed in the same way as Network does.

44205301TH Rev.1 56 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.7 Connecting method

<USB connection> Connect the computer to the printer.


Note! Please refer to user’s manual for operation environment. (1) Insert the USB cable into the USB interface connector of printer.
(2) Insert the USB cable into the USB interface connector of computer.
Prepare for USB cable
Note! Do not insert the USB cable into the network interface connector.
Notes! • The printer cable is not included.
It may cause trouble.
Provide the USB2.0 cable for special user.
• When connecting the cable in [Hi-Speed] mode of USB 2.0, please use
the USB cable with Hi-Speed spec.
• Select the USB cable of less than 5m. It is recommended to use the
USB cable of less than 2m.

Turn the printer and computer OFF.


Memo Although USB cable can plug-and-play with computer and printer power
on, after this the setup of printer driver and USB driver may be required.
Here the printer is turned off to plug-and-play the USB cable.

USB Interface connector

Memo Please refer to user’s manual for setup of printer driver.

44205301TH Rev.1 57 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

< Ethernet cable connection>


Note! Refer to user’s manual for operation environment.

Prepare for Ethernet cable


Note! The Ethernet cable and Hub is not included in printer.
Provide the Ethernet cable and Hub for special user.

<Ethernet cabl> <Hub>

Turn the printer and computer OFF.


Connect the computer to the printer.
(1) Insert the Ethernet cable into the network interface connector of printer.
(2) Insert the Ethernet cable into Hub.

Memo Refer to user’s manual for setup of printer driver.

Network interface
connector

44205301TH Rev.1 58 /
3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.8 User used Paper confirmation


Load the paper used by user, set the media type/weight, print the setting content/demo,
and confirm if the toner is chipped off.

settings of control panel


[Thickness of
Type Thickness Media weight paper] settings of
Media type
(Thickness of 2
(Type of paper)*1 printer driver*
paper)
Plain paper*3 55~64kg (64~74g/m2) Light Light

65~70kg (75~82g/m2) Medium Light Medium Light


2
71~89kg (83~104g/m ) Medium Medium
2
90~103kg (105~120g/m ) Heavy Plain paper Heavy
2
104~162kg (121~188g/m ) Ultra heavy1 Ultra heavy1
2
163~189kg (189~220g/m ) Ultra heavy2 Ultra heavy2
2
190~215kg (221~250g/m ) Ultra heavy3 Ultra heavy3
4
Post card* — — — —
4
Envelope* — — — —

Label paper Less than 0.1~0.17mm Heavy Label paper1


Label paper
0.17~0.2mm Ultra heavy1 Label paper2

*1 : The factory default setting of media type of the printer is set as [plain paper].
*2 : The thickness and type of paper could be set by control panel and printer
driver. The settings set by printed driver have priority. When [Paper feed
method] is selected as [Auto select] or [Paper thickness] is set as [print
setting] in the printer driver, the print operation is set by control panel.
*3 : The thickness of the paper for duplex printing is 55~103kg (64~120g/m2).
*4 : The setting of media weight and media type for postcard and envelope is not
required.

Memo If the media weight is set as [Heavy] or [Ultra Heavy1, 2, 3], or the media
type is set as [label paper], the print speed would be reduced.

44205301TH Rev.1 59 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. Component replacement
In this chapter, the procedures for replacement of part and assembly and unit are described.
The replacement procedure is described by removal of the parts. Please install the new parts with following the
replacement procedure in reverse order.
The parts (such as , )shown in this manual are different from the parts used in the Disassembly for
Maintenance figure (44205301TL) and RSPL (44205301TR).
4.1 Precautions on component replacement......................................61
4.2 Method of component replacement..............................................63
4.3 Oiling spots...................................................................................79
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.1 Precautions on component replacement


(1) Remove the AC cord and the interface cable before replacing the parts. (2) Do not disassemble it if the printer works normally.
(a) Remove the AC cord according to the following procedure. (3) Disassemble it as required. Do not remove the part that is not shown in the
Switch the power switch of printer off “O”. replacement procedure.
Disconnect the AC insertion plug of the AC power cord from the AC (4) Please use the specified maintenance tool.
power source. (5) Disassemble it according to the proper procedure. It may cause damage to the
Disconnect the earth wire from the earth terminal of the AC power parts if disassemble it without following the proper procedure.
source outlet. (6) As the small parts such as the screws are lost easily, please fix them to the
Disconnect the AC cord and the interface cable with the printer. original position temporarily.
(7) Do not use gloves that may cause static electricity easily when handling IC and
Warning Risk of Electric Shock the circuit board such as microprocessor, ROM, and RAM.
(8) Do not put the PCB on the device and the floor directly.
There is a risk of electric shock during replacement of the low voltage power supply.
Use insulating gloves or avoid direct contact with any conducting part of the (9) Do not work for a long time with the printer with the top cover open, and an
power supply, and caution should be exercised during replacement. image drum unit installed in it.
The capacitor may take one minute to complete discharge after the AC cord
is unplugged. Also, there is a possibility that the capacitor doesn’t discharge
because of a breakage of the PCB, etc., so remember the possibility of electric
shock to avoid electric shock.

(b) Reconnect the printer according to the following procedure.


Connect the AC cord and the interface cable with the printer.
Connect the earth wire to the earth terminal of the AC power source
outlet.
Connect the AC power cord insertion plug to the AC power source
outlet.
Switch the power switch of printer on “I”.

Remove

Install

44205301TH Rev.1 61 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

[Maintenance tool] The required tools for using the maintenance utility are shown in Table 4-1-2.

The required tools for replacing the PCB and the unit are shown in Table 4-1-1.
Table 4-1-2 required tools

No. Maintenance tools Amount Purpose Note


Table 4-1-1 Maintenance tools

No. Maintenance tools Amount Purpose Note Notebook Refer to the


No. 2-200 3 - 5mm Please install chapter
1 1 1
Magnetic driver Screw the maintenance 1 5.2 for the
utility. maintenance
2 No. 3-100 Driver 1 utility.

3 No. 5-200 Driver 1


2 USB cable 1

4 Digital multimeter 1
Ethernet cable
3 1
(Cross cable)
5 Combination pliers 1

Handy cleaner (the


Refer to the
6 type corresponds to 1
following note.
the toner)
For E ring
7 E Ring pliers 1
detaching

Note! Use the specified cleaner corresponding to the toner. It may cause a fire
when using a general-purpose cleaner.

44205301TH Rev.1 62 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2 Method of component replacement


In this chapter, the replacement of parts and assemblies is described by the disassemble (3) Rotate the lock lever (blue, 2 places) of the belt unit in the direction of arrow
figures.
, and hold the lever (blue) to remove the belt unit.

4.2.1 Belt unit
(1) Open the top cover.
(2) Remove the ID unit .

Lever (blue)

Top cover Lock lever (blue)

Lock lever
(blue)

Note! Cover the removed image drum cartridge with black paper.
Black paper

44205301TH Rev.1 63 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.2 Fuser unit 4.2.3 Left side cover


(1) Open the top cover. (1) Open the top cover.
(2) Push up the fix lever of fuser unit in the direction of arrow, and remove the fuser (2) Open the feeder unit.
unit . (3) Remove the claw , and remove the Feeder-Unit without disconnecting the
cable.
(4) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406), and screw , and remove the left
side cover .
Top cover

Top cover

Fix lever of fuser unit


(blue)

Fix lever of fuser unit (blue)

Cable

Feeder unit

44205301TH Rev.1 64 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.4 Right side cover 4.2.5 Faceup tray


(1) Open the top cover. (1) Draw out the Duplex unit .
(2) Open the feeder unit. (2) Open the faceup tray in the direction of arrow, and unlock the left and right
(3) Loose the screw (silver, No:41723901) and remove the right side cover . pins while bending. Remove the faceup tray .

Top cover

(Loose)

Feeder unit

44205301TH Rev.1 65 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.6 Rear cover 4.2.7 LED Assy/ LED Assy spring


(1) Open the faceup tray. (1) Open the top cover
(2) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406). (2) After removing the cable, as shown in fig 2, push the LED assy tightly in the
(3) As shown in fig 2, insert the minus driver into the hole A to disengage the claw A (2 direction of arrow. Take the hook A out firstly, and then take the hook B out, at
place). last remove the LED assy.
(4) Disengage the claw B (2 places) and pull the upper side of the rear cover in (At this time, the two springs is removed with LED Assy .)
the direction of A.
(5) As shown in fig 3, push the lower side of the rear cover in the direction of B,
and disengage the claw C (3 places) to remove the rear cover . Top cover

Hock A

Hock A
Hole A

Hock B Figure (2)


Figure (1)
Claw B Claw A Figure (1)
Claw B Claw A
A
Claw C

Figure (2)

B Hole A

Claw C
Figure (3)

44205301TH Rev.1 66 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Stack Full Sensor Cable


4.2.8 Control PCB RFID Cable
ID Motor Cable
MPT Clutch, Regist Clutch
Control Panal
(1) Open the top cover. Toner Belt Motor, ID-UP Motor Cable
(2) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.4) Sensor PCB Fuser Motor Cable
(3) Remove the Rear cover. (See section 4.2.6)
Front Sensor Cable
(4) Remove the eight screws (silver, No:42920406), remove the connector and (IN1, IN2, WR)
disengage the claw A to take the plate-shield out. K-LED-HEAD

(5) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406) and disconnect the head cable . Paper End, Hopping Y-LED-HEAD
Sensor Cable
(6) Remove the six screws (silver, No:42920406) and all cables, and take the M-LED-HEAD
(PE, HOP)
control PCB out. C-LED-HEAD

Note! To attach the head cable, insert the end of the film-FG inside the plate-
Heater AC Cable
side-R, preventing from touching the edge of the plate-side-R.

Top cover

Hopping Clutch Cable Low Voltage AC


Hook on connenctor (230V)
PCB
Option Cable
Relay PCB 100V or 120V Plug ON
PSU-Fan Cable High Voltage PCB 230V Unplug

Cassette Sensor Cable

K
Y
M
×6 C
HEAD3 HEAD2 HEAD1 HEAD0

STKFL IDFAN RFID

OPE

DCID

USB1
Claw A

SSNS

USB2
FSNS

HP_PSZCL

LAN
PE_HOP

DIMM
BELTIDUP
CL1

DCHEAT
HVOLT
OPTION

×8 RELAY

CTSNS

POWFAN POWER

44205301TH Rev.1 67 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.9 Top cover Assy


(1) Remove the left side cover. (See section 4.2.3)
(2) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.4)
(3) Remove the rear cover. (See section 4.2.6)
(4) Remove the plate shield and take the control PCB out. (See section 4.2.8)
(5) Remove the connectors of the stack full sensor cable and ID-FAN cable, remove
the connector and the hanging RFID cable .
(6) Remove two E type stop rings and two torsion springs , and remove the top
cover Assy .

Note! Perform the following RFID circuit behavior check after replacement of the
top cover assy:
- By executing RFID COLOR for the switch scan test described in 5.3.1.3,
check that the printer can display UID **H for each of cyan, magenta,
yellow and black with nonempty consumable cyan, magenta, yellow and
black toner cartridges installed in it.
- The printer cannot detect the UID usage for a color with a starter toner
cartridge installed for the color. Note the printer’s starter cartridge
for a color cannot be reinstalled in it once replaced with an empty
consumable toner cartridge for the color.

44205301TH Rev.1 68 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.10 Top cover 4.2.11 Control panel Assy


(1) Remove the top cover Assy. (See section 4.2.9) (1) Open the top cover.
(2) Remove eleven screws (Black, No:42932708), and remove the top cover . (2) Insert the minus driver into the upper side of the slit (3 places) to disengage the
claws on the control panel Assy , remove the connector and take the control
panel Assy out.

Slit (3 places)

44205301TH Rev.1 69 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.12 Board IBG/ LCD


(1) Remove the control panel Assy. (See section 4.2.11)
(2) Remove the screws (black, No:42932708) (2 places), remove the connector
and cable of LCD and remove the Board IBG .
(3) Remove the screws (black, No:42932708) (2 places), and remove the LCD
.

44205301TH Rev.1 70 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.13 Frame panel Assy (9) Remove the lever lock , compression spring , torsion spring , button
switch , cable Assy from the frame panel .

(1) Open the top cover.


(2) Open the feeder unit.
(3) Remove the left side cover. (See section 4.2.3)
(4) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.4)
(5) Remove the plate shield. (See section 4.2.8 (4))
(6) Remove the connector of frame panel and remove the hanging cable.
(7) Remove the control panel Assy. (See section 4.2.11)
(8) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406), disengage the claws (3
places) on frame panel Assy, and remove the frame panel Assy .

View A

Claw (3 places)

View A

Frame panel Assy

44205301TH Rev.1 71 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.14 Low voltage power supply/Low voltage FAN/


Hopping motor/ Fuse motor

Warning Risk of Electric Shock

There is a risk of electric shock during replacement of the low voltage power
supply.
Use insulating gloves or avoid direct contact with any conducting part of the
power supply, and caution should be exercised during replacement.
The capacitor may take one minute to complete discharge after the AC cord
is unplugged. Also, there is a possibility that the capacitor doesn’t discharge
because of a breakage of the PCB, etc., so remember the possibility of
electric shock to avoid electric shock.

(1) Take the cassette Assy out.


(2) Remove the control PCB. (See section 4.2.8)
(3) Remove all cables from Guide cable PowerLow. Air Claw D
(4) Remove the fuse I/F connector from low voltage power supply, disengage the
claws (2 places), and remove the Guide cable PowerLow .
(5) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) and four connectors (CN1,
CN2, CN3), and remove the low voltage power supply . Claw E
At the same time, remove the screw (black, No:42932708) and remove the
AC inlet Assy .
(6) Disengage the claw C and remove the low voltage FAN .
CU/PU PCB Low-voltage power supply
(7) Disengage the claw D (2 places) and claw E, and remove the motor cover .
POWER connenctor For CN6
Fuser I/F connenctor
(8) Remove the four screws (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and take the Short plug
fuse motor out.
(9) Remove the three screws (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and take the
ID motor out. CN2
CN6
TB4
Notes! • Be careful to install the low voltage FAN in the proper direction. TB3 CN1
• Please confirm the setting of AC input voltage when installing the low AC switch
voltage power supply .
100V: the short plug is mounted to the connector CN6
230V: the short plug is not mounted to the connector CN6 Note! CN6: A connector used to switch the AC input voltage setting
• Low-voltage power supply and AC Inlet Assy should be replaced 100V short plug is mounted/ 230V short plug is not mounted.
together. (The pair of low-voltage power supply and AC Inlet Assy
meets the safety standards.)

44205301TH Rev.1 72 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.15 Guide eject Assy/ Color regist Assy/ Board-PRY


(1) Remove the left side cover, right side cover, rear cover, top cover Assy. (See
section 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.9)
(2) Remove the control PCB and low-voltage power supply. (See section 4.2.8,
4.2.14(3))
Claw
(3) Remove the connector of belt thermistor, remove the two torsion springs , and
disengage four claws (4 places) by minus driver, remove the cover driver . Claw

(4) Remove the screws (silver, No:42920406) and connectors (6 places), remove
the Board PRY .
(5) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) and remove the color regist
Assy .

PUIF
(6) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406), remove the cable of fuse
I/F connector from clamp, and slide the claw of cable guide to disengage,

EXIT
remove the guide eject Assy . FUSER
DENS LCR
RCR

44205301TH Rev.1 73 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.16 FAN(Fuser) / Belt motor/ High-voltage board/ 4.2.17 MPT Assy


Cover open switch
(1) Open the MPT Assy .
(1) Remove the left side cover. (See section 4.2.3) (2) Remove the stoppers (2 places) while pushing the arms (2 places) on MPT
(2) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and remove the belt Assy outside, pull the supporters (2 places) in the direction of the arrow and
motor . remove them, and remove the MPT Assy .
(3) Remove the connector, and rotate the FAN (Fuser) clockwisely to remove.
(4) Remove the connector and disengage the claw A (2 places), and remove the Stopper (2 places)
cover open switch .
(5) Remove the 2 screws (silver, No:42920406 and black, No:42932708) and
connectors (2 places), and disengage the claw B (7 places). Remove the high-
voltage power supply .

Air

Arm

Claw B

Claw B Supporter (2 places)

(Black) Claw A

(Silver) High-voltage power supply


CN4

Cover open switch


CN2

FAN(Fuser)
CN3

TR-C TR-M TR-Y TR-K


Belt thermistor
CN1

44205301TH Rev.1 74 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.18 Cover Assy front/ Board-RSF/MPT hopping


roller/ Frame Assy separator/ Feeder Assy regist
(1) Open the top cover.
(2) Remove the plate shield and remove the connector. (See section 4.2.8)
(3) Disengage the claws of stay L .
(4) Remove the motor cover. (See section 4.2.14)
(5) Remove the three screws (silver, No:42920406) and screw (silver,
No:42920408).
(6) Remove the Left side cover and remove the feeder unit .
(7) Disengage the claw, and remove the cover sensor .
(8) Remove the connector and remove the Board-RSF .
(9) Remove the MPT Assy. (See section 4.2.17)
(10) Rotate until the claw of lever is disengaged, and remove it.
(11) Remove the two screws (black, No:42932708), and remove the guide Assy
top .
(12) Remove the two lock shafts and two springs .
(13) Remove the hopping roller shaft .
(14) Remove the supporters (2 places), and remove the frame Assy separator and
spring .

44205301TH Rev.1 75 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.19 Board-PRZ/ Liftup motor/ Hopping motor/ Paper


end sensor/ Hopping sensor/ Cassette sensor ×10

(1) Remove the left side cover, right side cover, rear cover, top cover unit, feeder
Assy regist. (See section 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 4.2.18) ViewA
(2) Remove the control PCB. (See section 4.2.8)
(3) Remove the guide cable Power Low, low-voltage power supply, low-voltage FAN.
(See section 2.2.14)
(4) Remove the cover driver, Board-PRY, color regist Assy, eject Assy. (See section
4.2.15)
(5) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406), and remove the plate driver .
(6) Remove the connector of 2ND tray and remove the hopping cover .
(7) Remove the FAN(Fuser). (See section 4.2.16)
(8) Remove the latches (2 places) and remove the gear , remove the E Ring
(RE3-SK), remove the latch and remove the gear .
(9) Remove the ten screws (silver, No:42920406), plate outer , E Ring (RE3-SK),
remove the latch of gear and remove the shaft .
(10) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) and remove the side plate R
Assy .
(11) Remove the two gear idle IDs , two gear idle IDs , two gears , gear ,
two colors , one washer , gear , , , and .
E Ring
(12) Remove the latches (2 places), and remove the guide Assy side R while slide (RE3-SK)

it up.
(13) Remove the latche (6 places), and remove the board-PRZ .
(14) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406), and remove the plate lockout ID
and four screws (silver, No:42920406), remove the inner plate .
Adjust the positions of the notches
(15) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and remove the (2 places) and install the in position.
liftup motor .
(16) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406) and remove the hopping motor . Adjust the positions of the notches
(17) Remove the paper end sensor lever , remove the paper end sensor and (2 places) and install the in position.

remove the connector.


(18) Remove the hopping sensor lever , the hopping sensor lever spring ,
View A
remove the hopping sensor and remove the connector.
(19) Remove the cassette sensor lever , the cassette sensor lever spring ,
remove the cassette sensor and remove the connenctor.

44205301TH Rev.1 76 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.20 Feed roller


(1) Remove the cassette.
(2) Remove the latch and remove the feed roller (2 pieces) .

A
B

×4 E Ring
(RE3-SK)

A
B
Side plate Assy

Latch

44205301TH Rev.1 77 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.21 Shaft eject Assy (FU)/ Shaft eject Assy(FD/ Eject


sensor
(1) Remove the eject Assy. (See section 4.2.15)
(2) Disengage the claws (2 places), and disassemble the Assy into guide eject
lower and guide eject upper .
(3) Remove the gear idle eject , , and remove the shaft Assy eject (FU)
and shaft Assy eject (FD) .
(4) Remove the lever eject sensor and eject sensor .

44205301TH Rev.1 78 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.3 Oiling spots


This chapter shows the oiling spots. Do not oil the other spots that are not shown here.
It is not necessary to inject the machine-oil during disassembling. However, please add
the specified oil when you wipe the oil off.

Oiling operation

(1) Oil type and name


EM-30L: MOLYKOTE
HP-300: MOLYKOTE
PM: Pan motor oil 10W-40 or ZOA 10W-30

(2) Grease limit sample

Class S A B C D E F

Amount of grease
0.0005 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.05 0.1
(cc)

W(mm) 1.24 2.25 2.67 3.37 4.86 5.76 7.26

Sample

44205301TH Rev.1 79 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44259301PA Gear Assy.-HP -1 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the
Holder-Gear-A
whole circle of hatched areas.

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount
of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L)
to the whole circle of
hatched areas.

Bracket-Inner(Caulking)

44205301TH Rev.1 80 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-2 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R -3 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R


EM-30L Class C Grease prohibition at the posts
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
Grease prohibition (EM-30L) to the end surface.
Grease prohibition at the gears
Gear-LiftUp-Z121Z34

Spacer-Coupling Gear-Idle-Exit (Z37)

Grease prohibition at the gears

Gear-Idle-Heat_Z14-Z32
Gear-Idle-DrumZ24-102
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the end surface.

Gear-Planet-Assy
EM-30L Class C EM-30L Class F
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE EM-30L Class F
(EM-30L) to the whole circle of hatched areas. (EM-30L) to the gear teeth 120deg or more.
Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to the whole circle of gear teeth.

Motor-DC-FU

Stopper-GearID

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the end surface. Gear-Idle-Z44

44205301TH Rev.1 81 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-4 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R -5 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R


EM-30L Class C
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the hatched area.
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
EM-30L Class C (EM-30L) to bearing portion.
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to gear teeth tops.
EM-30L Class A
EM-30L Class C
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to the hatched areas. Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to gear teeth of hatched area.

Gear-LiftUpLinkR-Z56
Gear-LiftUpR-Z32
Gear-Liftup-Z121Z34

(5)

Link-LiftUp-R
Gear-Idle
EM-30L Class A LiftUp-Z28
Apply a small amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the Plate Side R (Caulking)
hatched areas. Gear-LiftUp-
Z83Z25
Motor-Pulse-LiftUp
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L)
to the whole circle of gear teeth.

Gear-LiftUpR-Z32

EM-30L Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to the hatched area.

44205301TH Rev.1 82 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

43074904PA Plate-Assy.-Side-L 42071401PA Holder Assy.-Regist-L


EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE EM-30L Class A
(EM-30L) to the gear tooth tops. Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L)
to the hatched areas.
Gear-LiftUp-Z56

Post-GearIdle-L
Link-LiftUp-L
Holder-Regist-L

(5)

Gear-LiftUp-Z32

EM-30L Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the hatched areas.

EM-30L Class C
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the hatched areas. Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to the hatched areas
(bearing portion).

Gear-LiftUp-Z32

EM-30L Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L)
to the hatched areas.

44205301TH Rev.1 83 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44261901PA Feeder Assy.-Regist 44286901PA Fuser-Assy


EM30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the hatching HP-300 Class C
areas (Shaft). Apply a normal amount of HP-300 to the hatching areas.

Roller-Pressure

Roller-Regist-U Cam-Release
5mm

13mm

Lever-Release

EM30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
Gearse prohibition at (EM-30L) to the hatching areas
the this position (thrust section).

Plate-Side-R-Caulking (Fuser)

Gear-Fuser-(Z37)

Grease prohibition
at the post.
EM30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the Gear-Idle-(Z21)
hatching areas (Shaft).

Roller-Regist-L

Grease prohibition to the Gears.


10mm

EM30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to the hatching areas (thrust
Gearse section).
prohibition at
the this position

Roller-Pressure
5mm

44205301TH Rev.1 84 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44259801PA Guide-Assy. -Eject-U -1 44257801PA Printer Unit-PX755


EM-30L Class C EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L)
(EM-30L) to surface of the post (bearing EM-30L Class C to the tips of terminal.
portion) and the flange portions.
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to
surface of the shaft.
Grease prohibitation at the Plate-Assy.-Side-L
paper running face.
Plate-Contact-TR
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of 3
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to
the gear teeth.

Application range
of grease
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount
of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) EM-30L Class C
to surface of the shaft Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
and the frange portions. (EM-30L) to the whole circle of gear teeth.
Grease prohibition at the
paper running face. EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
EM-30L Class C MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the post.
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to each
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to Plate-Driver-PU (Caulking)
of the gear teeth 3 place. Grease prohibition at
the end surface.
the paper running face
Gear-Idle-Exit-Z36
Gear-Idle-Belt-Z20Z93

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to surface of
the post (bearing portion).
Shaft-Assy.-Eject(FU)
EM-30L Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L)
to surface of the shaft.
Grease prohibition at the paper running face.
Shaft-Assy.-Eject(FD)
Grease prohibition at the paper running face

44205301TH Rev.1 85 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-2 44257801PA Printer Unit-PX755 44342001PA Belt-Assy


EM-30L Class C EM-30L Class A
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
the hatched areas. (EM-30L) to the inside of Bearing-TR (Belt). EM-30L Class C
(Both sides, total 8 places)
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to beaing
portion (Both side).
Bearing-TR(Belt)
Roller-Transfer

EM-30L Class A
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to
bearing end.

Spring-TR

Spring-Torsion-L
Cover-Assy.-Top Plate-Assy.Side R

Spring-Torsion-R EM-30L Class A


Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
Panmotoroil Class C (EM-30L) to sliding surface of
Apply a normal amount of Panmotoroil to the portion of the slot of Gear-Drive-Z36 and Bearing-GSB.
solid coiling of this torsion-spring using a brush. (2 places) (At both sides) EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to
bearing portion (Both side).

Gear-Drive-Z36
Bearing-GSB

44205301TH Rev.1 86 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

43917501PA Sensor Assy. -Color Regist 43081301PA Roller-Assy. -Idle(FD)

Plate-Sensor-C.Regist

EM-30L Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM30-L) Exploded View
to the hatched areas (Both side, 8 places).

Method of amount grease


The surface of Cover-Sensor-C.Regist
should not be stained with MOLYKOTE. Gear Assy.-Shutter
EM-30L Class S
Before assemble to , apply a minimum amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the sliding portions of and
(the hatched areas).

Not allowed to stain the


area with grease.

Cover-Sensor-C.Regist

44205301TH Rev.1 87 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

43301601PA Roller-Assy. -BIAS(FU)C -1 44258901PA Cassette-Assy-PX755

Plate-Receive

EM-30L Class B
Shaft-Liftup
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to sliding portions of sheet metal
Method of amount grease and shaft (the hatched area).
Plate-Receive
EM-30L Class S
After assemble to , apply a minimum amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30L) to the sliding portions of and
(the hatched areas).

Not allowed to stain the


area with grease.
Shaft-Liftup

44205301TH Rev.1 88 /
4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-2 44258901PA Cassette-Assy-PX755

EM-30L Class B
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30L) to the hatched area.(2 palces)

Plate-Receive

44205301TH Rev.1 89 /
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. Maintenance Menu
Adjustment of this printer can be performed from the Maintenance Utilities by entering the corresponding menu
from the keyboard of the operator panel.
This printer contains the maintenance menu in addition to the normal operation menus. Select an appropriate
menu in accordance with the objective of adjustment.

5.1 System maintenance menu (for maintenance engineer) .............91


5.2 Maintenance Utilities....................................................................93
5.3 Maintenance menu functions........................................................95
5.4 Setups upon completion of part replacement.............................114
5.5 Density control manual setting...................................................116
5.6 Printer boot menu list..................................................................117
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.1 System maintenance menu (for maintenance engineer)


While pressing the MENU+, MENU-, and HELP keys, turn on the power to enter the menu. Item Value
Category DF Function
The menu indications are shown in English only regardless of the destination of the printer. (1st Line) (2nd Line)

Note! The system maintenance menu is internally use only, and should not be Mainte- Format Execute - Initializes flash ROM. Pressing the Enter button for
nance Flash ROM this option displays the confirmation message:
disclosed to end user because destination and other parameters can be Menu Are You Sure?
modified using this menu. Yes
No
Table 5-1 Maintenance menu function table Selecting No restores the last menu view. Selecting
Yes exits the menu, starting formatting an (on-board)
Item Value flash device resident in the printer.
Category DF Function
(1st Line) (2nd Line) * Never use the option.

System Enter ****** 000 Enter the password to enter the system maintenance Reset Execute - Returns the EEPROM contents to the setup by the
Mainte- Password ****** 000 menu. EEPROM manufacturer when shipped from the factory (factory
nance Default value is "000000". default profile) value. Upon completion of the setting
A password can be entered in the range of 6- to change, the system reboots automatically.
12-digit alphanumeric.
For more details, refer to the "Password" sheet. * Some specific items are not initialized.

OKIUSER OKIUSER ODA * Set the destination. Mainte- Mainte- Enable Selects whether or not to display "Print Information"
OEL nance Print nance Print Disable * - "ID Check Pattern" and "Engine Status".
JPOEM1: Japanese OEM Menu Menu When this menu item is set to "Disable", the function
APS
JP1 OEMA: Overseas OEM outside Japan of A4 size menu "Print Information" - ID Check Pattern" and
JPOEM1 default "Engine Status" are not displayed all the time.
OEMA OEMA: Overseas OEM outside Japan of the When exiting this menu upon completion of setting
OEML Letter size default change, the printer reboots automatically.
When the printer exits the menu, the printer reboots
automatically. Fuse Keep Fuse Keep Execute - When the ENTER key is pressed, the command is
Mode Mode issued from CU to PU to set the system in ON LINE.
Replace the consumable part with the new part
Mainte- [Display condition] while the power is turned on. (In this case, fuse
nance Encrypted SD Memory Card function is disabled. of the new consumable part is not cut, and the
Menu operational counts are reset so that the count value
Format SD Execute - IInitializes an SD card. Pressing the Enter button for of old consumable part is not added.)
Card this option displays the confirmation message: The check mode is terminated when the power is
Are You Sure? turned off. The check mode is disabled when the
Yes power is turned on next time.
No Personality XPS Enable * Changes the default of Support PDL per brand.
Selecting No restores the last menu view. Selecting Disable PDL which is "Disable" in this menu is not displayed
Yes exits the menu, starting formatting an SD card at "Print Setup" - "Personality" of Function menu.
installed in the printer. IBM 5577 Enable INVALID DATA shows up and received data is
[Display condition] Disable * abandoned when print data of PDL which is
"Disable" is received.
The printer has an SD Card (Boot Menu-Storage IBM PPR III Enable *
Setup-Enable SD Card is set to Yes). XL Disable
* With Boot Menu-Storage Setup-Enable Initialization
set to Yes, the option can be displayed. EPSON FX Enable *
Disable
HP-GL/2 Enable
Disable *

44205301TH Rev.1 91 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Item Value
Category DF Function
(1st Line) (2nd Line)
Change - Changes the password.
Password When the ENTER switch is pressed after entering
in this menu, the messages "NEW PASSWORD"
and "VERIFY PASSWORD" are displayed enabling
user to enter a new password.
New ****** - Sets the new password to enter the maintenance
Password ****** menu.
A password can be entered in the range of 6- to
12-digit alphanumeric.
Verify ****** - Prompting user to verify the new password that
Password ****** has been set by "NEWPASSWORD", to enter the
system maintenance menu.
A password can be entered in the range of 6- to
12-digit alphanumeric.
Diagnostic - Enters the self-diagnostic mode.
Mode

44205301TH Rev.1 92 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2 Maintenance Utilities


The maintenance utilities enables user to perform the adjustment shown in Table 5-2. Maintenance Operation on the
Utilities operator panel (Item
Details of the maintenance utilities are available in the following documents. Item Adjustment contents Operation number corresponds
Manual item to that of the
(1) Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual: number Maintenance Manual.)
42678801FUOI Ver24.0 and higher (Japanese) 4 Setup Verifying the serial number information Section Operation from
information and the Factory/Shipping mode. 2.4.1.1.7 the operator panel
42678801FUO2 Ver24.0 and higher (English) of board cannot be made.
items
(2) The maintenance utilities programs shown below.
5 USB Upgrading the USB software Section Operation from
software 2.4.2.2.1 the operator panel
Applicable OS Filename Model number upgrade cannot be made.
Win9X/Me/NT/2000/XP MuWin.zip 42678801FW01 Ver1.25.0 and 6 NIC software Upgrading the NIC software Section Operation from
(Japanese/English) higher upgrade 2.4.2.2.17 the operator panel
cannot be made.
7 Mac address Setting the Mac address Section Operation from
Table 5-2 Maintenance utilities adjustment items setting 2.4.2.2.5 the operator panel
Maintenance Operation on the cannot be made.
Utilities operator panel (Item 8 Consumable Copies the consumable items counter Section Operation from
Item Adjustment contents Operation number corresponds items data 2.4.1.2.1 the operator panel
Manual item to that of the counter cannot be made.
number Maintenance Manual.) Drum counter (Y, M, C, K)
maintenance Fuser counter
1 Board Copies the PU part EEPROM data and Section Operation from function Belt counter
replacement CU part EEPROM setup value of the 2.4.1.1.9 the operator panel Toner counter (Y, M, C, K)
board. cannot be made. Adjustment objective: Copies the data of
Adjustment objective: Copies the EEPROM the respective consumable item counters
data of existing board to the new board when in the case when an existing consumable
the existing board needs to be replaced with item that is in the middle of its usage is
the new board during maintenance. removed and installed in another printer.
2 Serial Re-writing the printer serial number saved Section Operation from 9 Destination Sets/verifies the printer (CU) destination, Section Section 5.4.3
number in PU part. and re-writing the printer serial 2.4.1.1.10.3 the operator panel PnP device ID and USB ID. 2.4.1.2.9
information numberselections, output mode and cannot be made. information
setting printer serial number that are saved in CU setting
part.
10 Password Initialization of administrator password Section Operation from
Adjustment objective: When copying the initialization 2.4.2.2.13 the operator panel
EEPROM data is not possible (due to I/F cannot be made.
error or others), re-write the serial number
information in the new replacement board. 11 Network Saving the network log Section Operation from
log save 2.4.2.2.14 the operator panel
3 Factory/ Switching between the Factory mode and Section Section 5.3.2.10 function cannot be made.
Shipping the Shipping mode. 2.4.1.1.10.4
mode Adjustment objective: When copying the 12 PU Log Save Saving files of PU log. Section Operation from
EEPROM data is not possible (due to function 2.4.2.2.16 the operator panel
I/F error or others), implement switching cannot be made.
between the Factory mode and the 13 Consumable Verifies present data of the consumable Section Section 5.1 ENG
Shipping mode. When the replacement items items counter. 2.4.1.3.1 STATUS PRINT
board is supplied for maintenance, it counter
has been set in the Factory mode as the display
default setting. Switching from the Factory
mode to the Shipping mode needs to be
performed using this function.

44205301TH Rev.1 93 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Maintenance Operation on the Maintenance Operation on the


Utilities operator panel (Item Utilities operator panel (Item
Item Adjustment contents Operation number corresponds Item Adjustment contents Operation number corresponds
Manual item to that of the Manual item to that of the
number Maintenance Manual.) number Maintenance Manual.)
14 Menu Displays the setup values that have been Section Menu map print 25 Engine Setting values of the engine parameter Section
setup value set in the printer (CU). 2.4.1.3.2 (Refer to the User’s parameter items 2.4.1.5.8
confirmation Manual.) setting
15 Printer Verifies the Mac address and various F/W Section Menu map print 26 Translate Setting set values of translate parameter Section
information versions of the printer. 2.4.1.3.3 (Refer to the User’s Parameter items. 2.4.1.5.9
confirmation Manual.) Setting
16 Verifies the Verifies the CPU information of if the Section Menu map print
installed installed CPU and information of the 2.4.1.3.4 (Refer to the User’s
CPU/ installed memory. Manual.) Note! Do not perform any operations/settings for the items that are specified as [Use of
memory this menu item is prohibited.] If this caution is not observed, it may result in danger of
values. abnormal operations of the printer.
17 Test print Executes the local print function, and Section Local print
sends the specified file. 2.4.1.4.1 (Refer to the system
Adjustment objective: Checks operation of specification.)
the printer as the standalone printer, and
sends the downloaded file.
18 Switch scan Execution of switch scan test Section
test Adjustment objective: Operation check of 2.4.1.5.1
the respective sensors
19 Motor clutch Execution of motor clutch test Section
test Adjustment objective: Operation check of 2.4.1.5.2
the respective motors and clutches.
20 Color Color registration correction test Section
registration Execution of color registration correction 2.4.1.5.3
correction test.
test
21 Density Execution of density correction test Section
correction 2.4.1.5.4
test
22 Automatic Setting the automatic density correction Use
density control parameter prohibition
correction
control
parameter
setting
[Use
prohibition]
23 Counter Checking reading of the consumable Section
display items counter, consumables continue 2.4.1.5.6
counter and waste toner counter.
24 Local Switching of Factory mode and Shipping Section
parameter mode, confirmation of fuse status 2.4.1.5.7
setting

44205301TH Rev.1 94 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3 Maintenance menu functions

5.3.1 Self-diagnostic mode (1) How to select the menu items


LEVEL0 Menu items can be selected by long pressing of [BACK] or
XXXX [ONLINE], or by short pressing of [MENU+] or [ONLINE].
This section describes the self-diagnostic LEVEL 0 and LEVEL 1 respectively.
Menu items can be selected by pressing either [MENU+] or
5.3.1.1 Operation panel XXXX [MENU-] key.
Long pressing of [BACK] returns the screen to the menu
The following description on operating the self-diagnostic is premised on the operation item selection screen.
panel layout as shown below.
Long pressing of
[BACK] (2 sec)
Engine status display
Heater temperature
Environment Long pressing of
temperature/humidity [ONLINE] (2 sec)
Setup table
Transfer voltage Error details
Transfer OFF voltage, Error code display and others
(1) How to select the menu items belt temperature
Self-diagnostic mode Side thermistor
layout (overall) XXXXX Menu items can be selected directly.
Menu items can be selected by pressing either [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+]
XXXXX [MENU+] or [MENU-] key. Respective Toner RFID internal noise Monitor controls
voltages sensor monitor evaluation function
display during [MENU-] Toner sensor [MENU-] Noise detection [MENU-] Regist motor
POWER ON print status count display, constant speed
Transfer (TR) monitor Toner K error timer value,
Press [MENU+] + [MENU-] + [HELP] until the voltage (1) *1
Without pressing system maintenance menu is displayed. Then, display Noise detection Environment
Transfer (TR) temperature
any key select ENGINE DIAG MODE and press [ENTER]. voltage (2) *1
count display,
Toner Y error Fuser motor
Charge (CH)
Noise detection constant speed
voltage
count display, timer value, Fuse
Normal operation mode Supply (SB)
Toner M error target temperature
voltage
Noise detection ID motor constant
LEVEL 0- LEVEL1-ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX Develop (DB)
Long pressing count display, speed timer value
Engine status display of [MENU+] SWITCH SCAN voltage
Environment Toner C error BELT motor
Engine status display and [ONLINE] MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
simultaneously (3 sec) level constant speed
(Heater temperature) TEST PRINT
After elapsed timer value
(Environment temperature/ REG ADJUST TEST
humidity display) time correction
Short pressing of DENS ADJ TEST
Respective voltages (TR, Before elapsed
[MENU+] + [ONLINE] CONSUMABLE STATUS
time correction
CH, DB, SB) display during + [ENTER] and [BACK] PRINTER STATUS
print simultaneously Elapsed time
FACTORY MODE SET correction
Toner sensor SENSOR SETTING value Vtr3 *1
RFID internal noise monitor LED HEAD DATA
Error details *1: Pressing [CANCEL] switches the colors.
NVRAM PARAMETER

44205301TH Rev.1 95 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1) How to select the menu items


LEVEL1 XXXXX Menu items can be selected by pressing either [MENU+] or [MENU-] key, and executed by pressing [ENTER].

XXXXX Menu items can be entered by pressing of [ENTER] or [BACK], and can be selected by pressing of [MENU+] or [MENU-].
The test can be executed by pressing [ENTER], and can be exited by pressing [BACK].

[MENU - ] [MENU - ]
ENGINE DIAG LEVEL1
[MENU + ] [MENU + ]

[MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+] [MENU+]
SWITCH MOTOR & TEST REG ADJUST DENS ADJ CONSUMABLE PRINTER STATUS FACTORY SENSOR LED HEAD NVRAM
SCAN CLUTCH PRINT TEST TEST STATUS K-IMPRESSIONS MODE SET SETTING DATA PARAMETER
PAPER ROUTE [MENU-] TEST [MENU-] PRINT [MENU-] REG ADJ [MENU-] DENS ADJ [MENU-] K-ID UNIT [MENU-] Y-IMPRESSIONS [MENU-] FACTORY MODE [MENU-] TONER [MENU-] K CLEAR
: PU ID MOTOR EXECUTE EXECUTE EXECUTE Y-ID UNIT M-IMPRESSIONS *5 SENSOR Y [MENU-]
TONER SENS BELT MOTOR TEST REG ADJ RESULT DENS ADJ PAR- M-ID UNIT C-IMPRESSIONS FUSE INTACT BELT UNIT M
CVO FUSER MOTOR PATTERN *2 SET C-ID UNIT TOTAL SHEETS CNT *6 CHECK C
UP_LU_FU REGIST TEST BLT REFLECT TEST DENS ADJ FUSER UNIT ID UNIT
ST_FD_FU MOTOR CASSETTE BLT REFLECT RSLT RESULT *3 CHECK
TR BELT UNIT
JOBOFF *1 AUTO UP/DOWN
T1 HOPPING K-TONER (FULL) (LED HEAD)
REG L/ MOTOR PAGE CALIBRATION SENSOR
Y-TONER (FULL) serial number
R_OHP_WG FRONT MOTOR COLOR REG
(Density test result display item) M-TONER (FULL) display
HT DUPLEX*1 ADJUST
REGIST Items of *3 C-TONER (FULL) (FACTORY MODE SET setting items) Items of *5
THERMISTER ERROR
SHUTTER M-WASTE TNR CNT n 01 23 45 6789
HUM_TEMP EXIT *1: TRAY2 and DENS ADJ RESULT FACTORY MODE DRUM OVER
C-WASTE TNR CNT 1234567890123
_DEN LEV0 V/D OUT YMC FACTORY MODE Factory working mode LIFE
SOLENOID DUPLEX are
BELT_T
K-STC MODE CNT WR POINT n: K, Y, M, C
DUPLEX displayed when LEV0 V/D OUT K SHIPPING MODE Releasing the Factory working
Y-STC MODE CNT REV
ID UP/DOWN MOTOR LEV0 V/D OUT RD mode
RFID COLOR
they are installed. M-STC MODE CNT BOTTOM
DUPLEX LEV0 V/D OUT YMC
(Color registration correction test result C-STC MODE CNT WRT POINT
T1 CLUTCH LEV0 V/D OUT K Note : To reset the parameter, press [ENTER] long
PE_PNE_CVO display item) Items of *2 K OVER RIDE CNT
T2 HOPPING H_DUTY DENS-K (3 sec) (NBC) Note:
T1 HOP_LIFT MOTOR Y OVER RIDE CNT
REG ADJ RSLT H_DUTY DENS-Y To reset the parameter, press
T2 PE_PNE_ T2 FEED M OVER RIDE CNT (FUSE INTACT setting items) Items of *6
SNS CARIBRAT (L) FINE ADJ Y [Y-L]
H_DUTY DENS-M
C OVER RIDE CNT
[ENTER] long (3 sec) (NBC)
CVO_CA CLUTCH
H_DUTY DENS-C FUSE INTACT
T2 T3 HOPPING SNS CARIBRAT (R) FINE ADJ Y [Y-L]
D-RANGE (L) Y,M,C FINE ADJ Y [Y-R]
L_DUTY DENS-K Note: BELT UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
HOP_LF_FED MOTOR
D-RANGE (R) Y,M,C FINE ADJ Y [Y-R]
L_DUTY DENS-Y To reset the parameter, FUSE UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
T2 CASETTE T3 FEED
SIZE CLUTCH CRSE ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ Y [X-L]
L_DUTY DENS-M press [ENTER] long K-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
T3 ID UP/DOWN CRSE ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ Y [X-R]
L_DUTY DENS-C (10 sec) (NBC) Y-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
PE_PNE_CVO FINAL DENS-K M-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
LV FAN TEST CRSE ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
T3 FINAL DENS-Y C-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
FUSER FAN FINE ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
HOP_LF_FED FINAL DENS-M
TEST FINE ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
T3 CASSETTE FINAL DENS-C
DUPLEX FAN FINE ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
SIZE TEST DB DENS VALUE
REG ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ M [X-L]
DUP IN_FNT ID FAN TEST DELTA-K 01=#***
REG ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ M [X-R]
DUP SK_CVO DELTA-K 04=#***
REG ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ C [Y-L]
Note: DELTA-K 07=#***
Note: CRSE ADJ Y [Y-L] FINE ADJ C [Y-L]
If [ENTER] is pressed DELTA-Y 01=#***
For details, refer to CRSE ADJ Y [Y-R] FINE ADJ C [Y-R]
long (2 sec) when DELTA-Y 04=#***
CRSE ADJ Y [X] FINE ADJ C [Y-R] DENS-C
the "Switch Scan test" selecting a motor, the DELTA-Y 07=#***
CRSE ADJ M [Y-L] FINE ADJ C [X-L] BEFORE STD=***H
sheet. motor keeps running. DELTA-M 01=#***
CRSE ADJ M [Y-R] FINE ADJ C [X-R] AFTER STD=***H
DELTA-M 04=#***
CRSE ADJ M [X]
DELTA-M 07=#***
CRSE ADJ C [Y-L]
DELTA-C 01=#***
CRSE ADJ C [Y-R]
DELTA-C 04=#***
CRSE ADJ C [X]
DELTA-C 07=#***
DENS-K
DENS-Y
DENS-M

44205301TH Rev.1 96 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.2 Ordinary self-diagnostic mode (level 1) 5.3.1.2.1 How to enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1)
Menu items of the ordinary self-diagnostic mode are shown below. Note! For C711, password is required to enter the system maintenance menu
mode. Refer to Table 5-1 (C711)
Maintenance
Item Self-diagnostic menu Adjustment contents utilities
1. While pressing the MENU+ and MENU- keys simultaneously, turn on the power
1 Switch scan test SWITCH SCAN Entry sensor check and No.18
switch check to enter the system maintenance mode.

2 Motor clutch test MOTOR&CLTCH Motor and clutch operation No.19 2. Press the MENU+ key or MENU- key several times until the message "ENGINE
TEST test DIAG MODE" is displayed. Then, press the ENTER key to display "DIAGNOSTIC
3 Test print TEST PRINT PU built-in test pattern print Operation MODE".
execution from the
maintenance DIAGNOSTICMODE
utilities cannot
be made.
XX.XX.XX FACTORY/SHIPPING
4 Color registration REG ADJUST TEST Color registration mechanism No.20
correction test check
3. XXX.XX.XX of the message "DIAGNOSTIC MODE XX.XX.XX" that is displayed
5 Density correction DENS ADJ TEST Density correction mechanism No.21
test check on the LCD display area indicates the PU firmware version number. The
FACTORY WORKING MODE setup value is displayed in the right of the lower
6 Consumable item CONSUMABLE Consumable items No.23 row. S-MODE of "SHIPPING" is displayed normally.
counter display STATUS consumption status display
4. Press the MENU+ key or MENU- key to advance to the desired step of each
7 Consumable item PRINTER STATUS Consumable items No.23
accumulative accumulative consumption self-diagnostic menu. (The menu items rotate when either the MENU+ key or
counter display status display MENU- key is pressed.)
8 Factory/Shipping FACTORY MODE Switching between the No.3, No.24
mode selection SET Factory mode and the
Shipping mode 5.3.1.2.2 How to exit the self-diagnostic mode
9 FUSE status Respective FUSEs status No.24
check display 1. Turn off the power once and back on 10 seconds later.

10 Engine parameter SENSOR SETTING Valid/Invalid setups of error No.25


setting detection by various sensors

11 NVRAM parameter NVRAM Do not use this item Use of this


setting PARAMETER menu item is
prohibited

44205301TH Rev.1 97 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.3 Switch scan test


This self-diagnostic menu is used to check the entry sensor and the switch.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and press the MENU+, MENU- key TONER SNS C TONER SNS M
until "SWITCH SCAN" is displayed in the upper row of the display area. TONER SNS Y
(Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test item and pressing the MENU- key ID Up/Down SNS TONER SNS K
RFID RFID RFID
decrements the test item.) STACKER FULL SNS COLOR M
RFID COLOR Y COLOR K
HUM/TEMP SNS
HT FRAME THEM COLOR C

SWITCH SCAN FUS THERM


Upper center, side
COVER OPEN
EXIT SNS SW
WRITE SNS
2. Press either the MENU+ or MENU- key until the desired menu item DUP IN SNS
IN SNS 2
corresponding to the unit to be tested in Table 5-3 is displayed in the lower row
of the display area. (Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test item and
pressing the MENU- key decrements the test item.) IN SNS 1

3. Pressing the ENTER key starts the test. Name and present status of the
corresponding unit are displayed.
T1 SIZE SW
PAPER ROTE:PU DUP COVER
SNS
DUP BOTTOM
1=H 2=L 3=H 4=L SNS
T1 END SNS

T2 IN SNS
Activate the respective units. (Figure 5-1) Status of the respective units are T2 HOP SNS
displayed on the corresponding areas of the LCD display. (Display changes
T2 SIZE SW
depending on each sensor. Refer to Table 5-3 for details.)
FUS THERM LOW T2 END SNS

4. Press the CANCEL key to return to the status of step 2. T3 IN SNS


5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required. T3 HOP SNS
6. Press the BACK key to exit the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
T3 SIZE SW
BELT THERM
REG L SNS
REG R SNS DUP FRONT SNS
DEN SNS T3 END SNS

Figure 5-1 Switch and sensor location diagram

44205301TH Rev.1 98 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-3 SWITCH SCAN details


<Item having no function> Asterisk mark (*)
is displayed in the lower row of display area.
* 1: “L” is displayed when the cover is opened.
1 2 3 4
Display area, upper row Display area, Display area, Display area, Display area,
Details Details Details Details
lower row lower row lower row lower row
H: No paper H: No paper H: No paper H: No paper
PAPER ROUTE : PU Entrance sensor 1 Entrance sensor 2 Write sensor Exit sensor
L: Paper exists L: Paper exists L: Paper exists L: Paper exists
H: Light is interrupted H: Light is interrupted H: Light is interrupted H: Light is interrupted
TONER SENS Toner sensor K Toner sensor Y Toner sensor M Toner sensor C
L: Reflected L: Reflected L: Reflected L: Reflected
H: Close
CVO UP_LU_FU Cover open switch
L: Open
Stacker down H: No paper
ST_FD_FU JOBOFF
sensor L: Paper exists
Color registration AD value: Color registration AD value:
REG L/R_OHP_WG
sensor L ***H sensor R ***H
Fuser thermistor, AD value: Fuser thermistor, AD value: Fuser thermistor, AD value: Heater frame AD value:
HT THERMISTER
upper sensor ***H lower sensor ***H upper sensor, side ***H thermistor ***H
AD value: AD value: AD value: Humidity sensor AD value:
HUM_TEMP_DEN Humidity sensor Humidity sensor Humidity sensor (k)
***H ***H ***H (YMC) ***H
AD value:
BELT_T Belt thermistor
***H
H: Down
ID UP/DOWN GREY GREY ID UpDown Sns
L: Up
UID: UID: UID: UID:
RFID COLOR*1 RFID antenna K RFID antenna Y RFID antenna M RFID antenna C
***H ***H ***H ***H
Tray 1 paper end H: No paper
T1 PE_PNE_CVO
sensor L: Paper exists
T1 CASETTE SIZE*1 Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
Tray 2 paper end H: No paper
T2 PE_PNE_CVO_CA
sensor L: Paper exists
H: No paper Tray 2 entrance H: No paper
T2 HOP_LF_FED 2nd-Hopping Sns
L: Paper exists sensor L: Paper exists
T2 CASETTE SIZE*1 Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
Tray 3 paper end H: No paper
T3 PE_PNE_CVO
sensor L: Paper exists
H: No paper Tray 3 entrance H: No paper
T3 HOP_LF_FED 3rd-Hopping Sns
L: Paper exists sensor L: Paper exists
T3 CASETTE SIZE Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
Duplex (2-sided H: No paper Duplex (2-sided H: No paper
DUP IN_RA_FNT printing) entrance printing) front
sensor L: Paper exists sensor L: Paper exists
Duplex (2-sided H: No paper Duplex (2-sided H: Close
DUP SK_CVO printing) bottom printing) cover
sensor L: Paper exists sensor L: Open

44205301TH Rev.1 99 /
5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.4 Motor clutch test


This self-diagnostic menu is used to test the motor and clutch.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and press the MENU+, MENU- key until Color registration (REGIST) shutter
"SWITCH SCAN" is displayed in the upper row of the display area.
(Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test item and pressing the MENU- key Fuser cooling fan
decrements the test item.) ID UP/DOWN motor ID motor
2. Press either the MENU+ or MENU- key until the desired menu item
Duplex
corresponding to the unit to be tested in Table 5-4 is displayed in the lower row solenoid
of the display area. (Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test item and
pressing the MENU- key decrements the test item.)
Duplex
MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST clutch

MPT clutch
ID MOTOR

3. Pressing the ENTER key starts the test. The unit name starts flashing and the
Regist clutch
corresponding unit is activated for 10 seconds. (Refer to Figure 5-2.)
Tray 1 hopping
Note! After the corresponding unit has activated for 10 seconds, it returns to the status of motor
(regist motor,
step2, and is re-activated when the corresponding switch is pressed. front motor)

• The clutch solenoid repeats turning on and off during the normal print Duplex
Hopping clutch
motor
drive. (If a clutch solenoid cannot be activated independently, the
motor is driven at the same time.) * "ID UP/DOWN" keeps activated Tray 2 regist
until the CANCEL key is pressed. clutch
• If [ENTER] is pressed long (2 sec) when selecting a motor, the motor keeps
running. Belt motor Tray 2 hopping clutch
4. When the CANCEL key is pressed, the corresponding unit stops activating. Tray 2 motor
(Display of the corresponding unit keeps displayed.) Fuser motor
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required. Figure 5-2
6. Pressing the BACK key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

44205301TH Rev.1 100 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-4
Unit name display Drive restriction condition Remarks
ID MOTOR To be driven when all of the ID (K/Y/M/C) are −
removed.
BELT MOTOR To be driven when all of the ID (K/Y/M/C) are −
removed.
FUSER_RLS − −
REGIST MOTOR − −
T1 HOPPING MOTOR − −
FRONT MOTOR − −
REGIST SHUTTER − −
EXIT SOLENOID − −
DUPLEX MOTOR − −
DUPLEX CLUTCH − −
T2 HOPPING MOTOR − OPTION
T2 FEED CLUTCH − OPTION
T3 HOPPING MOTOR − OPTION
T3 FEED CLUTCH − OPTION
ID UP/DOWN TOP/FRONT cover closed status −
LV FAN TEST − −
FUSER FAN TEST − −
DUPLEX FAN TEST − OPTION
ID FAN TEST − −

Note! Display while ID Up/Down execution is in progress


MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
ID UP/DOWN ***
*** Number of times of execution

Display when the REGIST SHUTTER [ENTER] key is pressed long


MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
SHT ***
*** Number of times of execution

44205301TH Rev.1 101 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.5 Test print Display Setting value Function

This self-diagnostic menu is used to print the test pattern that is built inside PU. Other test PRINT EXECUTE – Pressing the ENTER key starts print/Pressing the
CANCEL key terminates print. (In units of page)
patterns are stored in the controller.
This test print cannot be used to check the print quality. TEST PATTERN 0 0: White paper print
1~7: Refer to next page. (Pattern print)
Diagnosis for the abnormal print image should be performed in accordance with section 7. 8~15: White paper print

TEST CASSETTE TRAY1 Selecting source of paper supply.


1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the MENU+, MENU- If the TRAY 2 is not installed, TRAY2 is not
TRAY2 displayed.
key until "TEST PRINT" is displayed in the upper row of the display area. Then, If the TRAY 3 is not installed, TRAY3 is not
press the ENTER key. (Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test item and TRAY3 displayed.
pressing the MENU- key decrements the test item.) MFP
2. The setting items that can be applied to the test print only is displayed in the
PAGE 0000 Setting number of the test print copies
lower row of display area. Keep pressing the MENU+, MENU- key until the
desired menu item is displayed. (Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test COLOR ON Selecting either color/monochrome print
* When ON is specified, ON/OFF setting for each
item and pressing the MENU- key decrements the test item.) (If all setting items OFF color becomes available.
need no entry [Default setting], go to step 5.)
DUPLEX 2 PAGES STACK Duplex (2-sided) print is performed by the stack of
3. Keep pressing the MENU+, MENU- key, and press the ENTER key at the menu two sheets of paper.
OFF Selecting OFF for duplex (2-sided) print.
item set by step 2. Then, the setting item is displayed in the upper row of display Duplex (1-sided) print is performed by the stack of
area, and the setting value is displayed in the lower row of display area. 1PAGES STACK one sheet of paper.
Pressing the MENU+ key increments the setting value. Pressing the MENU+ • is the initial default value. The menu item that is set here is valid in this menu
key decrements the setting value. (The setting value that is displayed at last is item only.
applied.) Pressing the BACK key determines the entry value, and returns to step (The setting item is not saved in EEPROM.)
2. Repeat step 3 as required.
Note! PAGE setting
Pressing the MENU+ key or the MENU- key shifts the digit. Pressing
TEST PATTERN the ONLINE key increments the setting value. Pressing the MENU+ key
increments the setting value. If print is executed while the number of print
1 copies remains in "0000", printing will continue infinitely.
COLOR setting
When the ENTER key is pressed while ON is set, the following contents
are displayed on the panel.
Print setting for each color
Pressing the MENU+ key or the MENU- key shifts the setting. Pressing
the ONLINE key or the CANCEL, the ON/OFF switchover will be set.
Pressing the BACK key returns the panel display.

COLOR Y:ON M:ON


ON C:ON K:ON

44205301TH Rev.1 102 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. While the message "PRINT EXECUTE" that is set by the operation specified in
step 2 is being displayed, press the ENTER key and the test print is executed
with the setting value that has been set by steps 2 and 3.
Pressing the CANCEL key stops the test print.
If any alarm that is shown in the following details column is issued at startup of
test print or while test print is in progress, the test print is interrupted. (For error
details, refer to section 5.3.2.14 Panel display details. However, the comment to
be displayed is different in the case of the PU test print.)
Panel display Details

STACKER FULL Stacker full

PAPER END No paper


SELECTED TRAY Pattern 3 Pattern 4
DUPLEX UNIT IS DUPLEX is not installed
NOT INSTALLED

SELECTED TRAY IS Selected tray is not installed.


NOT INSTALLED

REMOVE PAPER DUPLEX internal error


OUT OF DUPLEX

INSTALL CASSETTE TRAY Cassette removal


OPEN

Print pattern (It cannot be used for checking PQ.)


Pattern 5 Pattern 6
0, 8 to 15....... White paper print

Note! If the solid print (pattern 7) among


the local print function is selected
and printed with the setting of
100% each color, offset occurs. To
prevent print from this trouble, the
print setting of each color should
be made in accordance with
the instruction specified in step
5.3.2.5-3 when performing the sold
print, and number of print colors
should be two colors or less.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 7

44205301TH Rev.1 103 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

• During printing, the following messages are displayed. • Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.

P=*** ETMP=***UTMP=***

W=*** REG=****EXT=***

P : Number of test print copies (unit: copies) ETMP : Hopping motor constant speed correction parameter
W : Print waiting time (unit: second) (environment temperature) [unit: DEC]
UTMP : Fuser motor constant speed correction parameter
• Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key. (fuse target temperature) [unit: DEC]
REG : Hopping motor constant speed timer value (I/O setting value)
T=*** U=***[###]
[unit: HEX)
H=***%L=***[###] EXT : Fuse motor constant speed timer value (I/O setting value) [unit: HEX]

U : *** = Upper heater temperature measurement value [unit: ] • Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.
[***] = Print execution target temperature [unit: ]
ID=****
L : *** = Lower heater temperature measurement value [unit: ]
[###] = Lower thermistor read-out AD value [unit: HEX]
T : Environment temperature measurement value [unit: ]
H : Environment humidity measurement value [unit: % ] KID, YID, MID and CID are the constant speed timer value of the respective ID
motors (I/O setting value) [unit: HEX]
• Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.

KTR=*.** YTR=*.** • Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.

MTR=*.** CTR=*.** BELT=****

YTR, MTR, CTR and KTR indicate the transfer voltage setting value for each FRM [***] ( xxx )
color (unit: KV)
BELT : Hopping motor constant speed timer value (I/O setting value) [unit: HEX]
• Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key. FRM : [***] = Frame thermistor read-out AD value [unit: HEX]
(XXX) = Frame temperature [unit: ]
KR=*.** YR=*.**
• Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.
MR=*.** CR=*.**
DB:k**y**m**c**
KR : BLACK transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA]
YR : YELLOW transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA]
MR : MAGENTA transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA]
CR : CYAN transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA] DB : Develop voltage setting table ID number [unit: HEX]

44205301TH Rev.1 104 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

• Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.

TR1:k**y**m**c**

TR2:k**y**m**c**

TRl : Transfer voltage parameter VTR1 table ID number [unit: HEX)


TR2 : Transfer voltage parameter VTR2 table ID number [unit: HEX)

• Displays are switched by pressing the MENU+ key.

TROFF:**

BELT xxx(***)

TROFF : Transfer OFF voltage setting table ID number [unit: HEX]


BELT : XXX = Belt thermistor read-out AD value [unit: HEX]
*** Belt temperature [unit: ]

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.


6. Pressing the CANCEL key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

44205301TH Rev.1 105 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.6 Color registration correction test When the [CANCEL] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [ON
LINE] lamp is lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2.
This self-diagnostic menu item is used for the color registration error adjustment and to
<<During execution of REG ADJ RESULT>>
investigate cause of the error of a printer.
If the color registration error is recognized by the color registration correction test, correct The same as the key operations of step 2. During execution of REG ADJ
it by following section 2 "Color registration correction method overview". EXECUTE.
<<During execution of BLT REFLECT TEST>>
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [MENU+] or
[MENU-] key until the following message is displayed. The color registration correction test is executed.
(The [ONLINE] lamp flashes.)
REG ADJUST TEST
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area
2. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep
pressing the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key until the target item is displayed. OK
REG ADJUST TEST BLT REFLECT RSLT
REG ADJ EXECUTE
When the [MENU+] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by
3. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, test of the item that is displayed on the panel incrementing them.
is executed. When the [MENU-] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by
<<During execution of REG ADJ EXECUTE>> decrementing them.
The color registration correction test is executed. (The [ONLINE] lamp flashes.) Pressing the [BACK] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area When the [CANCEL] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [ON
LINE] lamp is lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2.
OK
<<During execution of BLT REFLECT RSLT>>
REG ADJ RESULT The same as the key operations of step . During execution of BLT REFLECT
TEST.
When the [MENU+] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization, when the
incrementing them. cover is opened and during alarm.
When the [MENU-] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by
decrementing them.
NG
Pressing the [BACK] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.
Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization, when the REG REFLECT RSLT
cover is opened and during alarm.

NG

REG ADJ RESULT

44205301TH Rev.1 106 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required. 5.3.1.7 Density correction test


5. Pressing the [BACK] terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
This self-diagnostic menu item is used to test the density correction function of a printer,
Color registration correction test items and to refer to result of the test execution.
Display Details At the same time, GOOD/BAD of the density correction function is judged by executing
REG ADJ EXECUTE Executing the color registration correction this test.
If an error is issued, correct it by following section 2 "Density correction method overview".
REG ADJ RESULT Referring to result of the color registration correction

BLT REFLECT TEST Executing judgment of GOOD/BAD of reflectance 1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [MENU+] or
rate of color registration correction belt [MENU-] key until the following message is displayed.
BLT REFLECT RSLT Referring to result of the judgment of GOOD/BAD of
reflectance rate of color registration correction belt. DENS ADJ TEST

2. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep
pressing the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key until the target item is displayed.

DENS ADJ TEST

DENS ADJ EXECUTE

3. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, test of the item that is displayed on the panel
is executed.
<<During execution of REG ADJ EXECUTE>>
The density correction test is executed. (The [ONLINE] lamp flashes.)
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area

OK

DENS ADJ RESULT

[When the [MENU+] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by incrementing them.
When the [MENU-] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by
decrementing them.
Pressing the [BACK] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.

44205301TH Rev.1 107 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

When the [CANCEL] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [ON 5. Pressing the [BACK] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
LINE] lamp is lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2. Density correction test items
<<During execution of DENS ADJ RESULT>>
Display Details
The same as the key operations of step 2. During execution of DENS ADJ
DENS ADJ EXECUTE Executing the density correction
EXECUTE.
<<During execution of DENS ADJ PAR - SET>> DENS ADJ PAR-SET Setting the control values with respect to the
automatic density correction
Setup of the density correction parameter is displayed.
DENS ADJ RESULT Referring to result of the density correction
<<During execution of AUTO CALIBRATION>>
AUTO CALIBRATION Automatic setting of the density sensor sensitivity
The automatic setting of the density sensor sensitivity correction value is correction value
executed. (The [ON LINE] lamp flashes.)
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area

OK

DENS ADJ RESULT

When the [MENU+] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by
incrementing them.
When the [MENU-] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by
decrementing them.
Pressing the [BACK] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.

When the [CANCEL] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [ON
LINE] lamp is lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2.

Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization, when the cover
is opened and during alarm.

NG

DENS ADJ RESULT

4. Repeat step 3 as required.

44205301TH Rev.1 108 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.8 Consumable item counter display Display area, Display area,


Format Unit Details
upper row lower row
This self-diagnostic menu is used to display the consumption status of the consumable
items. K-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times Number of print dot counts of the
CNT toner of the respective colors are
1. Enter the ordinary self-diagnostic mode and press the MENU+, MENU- key displayed.
Y-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times
until "CONSUMABLE STATUS" is displayed in the display area. (Pressing the (Accumulative value since start of
CNT
the system operation.)
MENU+ key increments the test item and pressing the MENU- key decrements
M-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times
the test item.)
CNT
2. When the MENU+, MENU- key is pressed, consumption statuses of the
C-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times
consumable items are displayed in order. (Pressing the ONLINE or CANCEL CNT
key is invalid.)
K OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times Number of times of continues
3. Pressing the BACK key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.) CNT of the toner cartridge of the
respective colors are displayed.
Y OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times
Display area, Display area, CNT
Format Unit Details
upper row lower row
M OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times
K-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images Number of rotations from the time CNT
when the ID UNITs of respective
Y-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images colors are installed up to the C OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times
present time is displayed after CNT
M-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images converting them to the units of A4
3Page/Job.
C-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images

FUSER UNIT ********PRINTS DEC Prints Number of copies from the time of
installation of a new fuser unit up
to the present time is displayed.

TR BELT UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images Number of copies from the time of
installation of a new belt unit up to
the present time is displayed.

K-TONER ********% DEC % Amount of consumption of the


(FULL) respective toners is displayed.

Y-TONER ********% DEC %


(FULL)

M-TONER ********% DEC %


(FULL)

C-TONER ********% DEC %


(FULL)

M-WASTE TNR ********TIMES DEC Times Amount of waste toner is


CNT displayed.
* When the times reaches 32 times
C-WASTE TNR ********TIMES DEC Times
or more, the waste toner full is
CNT
issued.

44205301TH Rev.1 109 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.9 Number of print copies counter display 5.3.1.10 Switching between the Factory mode and the Shipping mode
This self-diagnostic menu is used to display status of the number of copies of a printer. This self-diagnostic menu item is used to switch between the Factory mode and the
1. Enter the ordinary self-diagnostic mode and press the MENU+, MENU- key until Shipping mode.
"PRINTER STATUS" is displayed in the display area. (Pressing the MENU+ key 1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [MENU+] or
increments the test item and pressing the MENU- key decrements the test item.)
[MENU-] key until the following message is displayed.
2. When the MENU+, MENU- key is pressed, statuses of the number of print
copies are displayed in order.(Pressing the ONLINE or CANCEL key is invalid.) FACTORY MODE SET
3. Pressing the BACK key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

Display area, Display area, 2. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep
Format Unit Details
upper row lower row
pressing the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key until the target item (refer to the following
K- ********IMAGES DEC Images Number of print copies of the table) is displayed.
IMPRESSIONS respective colors are displayed.

Y- ********IMAGES DEC Images


FACTORY MODE
IMPRESSIONS
SHIPPING MODE *
M- ********IMAGES DEC Images
IMPRESSIONS
3. While the desired item to set is being displayed, press the [ENTER] key that
C- ********IMAGES DEC Images
IMPRESSIONS enables selection of the setting values.
4. While the desired setting value is being displayed, press the [ENTER] key for
TOTAL SHEET ********COUNTS DEC Prints Total number of print copies are
CNT displayed. long period (3 seconds) that registers the displayed value in EEPROM. (Returns
to the status of step 2.)
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.
6. Pressing the [BACK] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

Display Setting value Function

FACTORY FACTORY MODE Sets the Factory working mode (fuse cut invalid
MODE mode).

SHIPPING MODE Releases the Factory working mode to make the fuse
cut function valid.

FUSE INTACT BELT UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the transport belt unit.

FUSE UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the fuser unit.
Note:
******* indicates K-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the K-1D unit.
INTACT or BLOWN.
Y-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the Y-1D unit.

M-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the Y-1D unit.

C-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the C-1D unit.

44205301TH Rev.1 110 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.11 Self-diagnostic function setting Display Setting value Operation at the Function
setting value
This self-diagnostic menu is used to set valid/invalid of the error detection by the various
ID UNIT ENABLE Checks Valid/Invalid of ID installation check
sensors. CHECK operation
The error detection can be made invalid or valid for locating source of abnormality. DISABLE Not to check
However, this menu item requires expert knowledge to set among the engine operations.  P/DOWN
U ENABLE Detects Valid/Invalid of ID UP/DOWN sensor
Handle this menu item with utmost care. SENSOR operation
DISABLE Not to detect
Be sure to return the setting to the default setting upon completion of usage of this item.
REG ADJUST ENABLE Stops Valid/Invalid of error stop by the
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [MENU+] or ERROR color registration detection value
[MENU-] key until the following message is displayed. DISABLE Not to stop

DRUM OVER STOP Not to continue Setting of valid/invalid of continuance


SENSOR SETTING LIFE when drum comes to end of its life
CONTINUANCE To continue

WR POINT 00H~FFH Correction value The correction value is added to the


REV existing write-down position.
TBL=**H±
2. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep *.***mm
pressing the [MENU+] or [MENU-] key until the target item (refer to the table
BOTTOM 00H~FFH Cut value Amount of cut at the rear end of a
below) is displayed. WRT POINT paper is set.
TBL=**H±
TONER SENSOR *.***mm

ENABLE * Hatched portion: Default is shown

3. When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the following message is displayed.


Pressing the [MENU+] key increments the setting value.
Pressing the [MENU-] key decrements the setting value.
4. While the desired setting value is being displayed, press the [ENTER] key for
long period (3 seconds) that registers the displayed value in EEPROM. (Returns
to the status of step 2.)
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.
6. Pressing the [BACK] key terminates (except the status of step 4) the setting.
(Returns to the status of step 1.)
Operation at the
Display Setting value Function
setting value

TONER ENABLE Detects Valid/Invalid of toner sensor


SENSOR operation
DISABLE Not to detect

BELT UNIT ENABLE Checks Valid/Invalid of belt installation check


CHECK operation
DISABLE Not to check

44205301TH Rev.1 111 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.1.12 LED head serial number display 5.3.2 Various prints with the printer as a standalone unit
This self-diagnostic menu item is used to check whether the downloaded LED head data
matches the serial number of the actual LED head. Menu map print
Information of the program version number and that of the control block configuration are
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and press the MENU+, MENU- key printed out.
until "SWITCH SCAN" is displayed in the upper row of the display area. Operation:
(Pressing the MENU+ key increments the test item and pressing the MENU- key
While the system is in the [Ready To Print] state, press the ENTER key once to
decrements the test item.)
display [Print Information].
2. When the MENU+ key or the MENU- key is pressed, serial numbers of the K/Y/
Press the ENTER key to display [Configuration/Execute].
M/C LED head data are displayed in order.
Press the ENTER key.
3. Pressing the BACK key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
Network information print
K ** ** ** ****
Operation:
xxxxxxxxxxxxx While the system is in the [Ready To Print] state, press the ENTER key once to
** ** ** ****: Rev number display [Print Information].

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx: serial number Press the ENTER key.


Press the MENU+ key several times to display [Network/Execute].
5.3.1.13 NVRAM parameter setting Press the ENTER key.

Do not use this menu item.


Demo print
Prints the demo patterns of the various destinations that are saved in the ROM.
Operation:
While the system is in the [Ready To Print] state, press the ENTER key once to
display [Print Information].
Press the ENTER key.

Press the MENU+ key several times to display [Demo Page/Execute].


Press the ENTER key.

44205301TH Rev.1 112 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3.3 Functions of keys at power on


Functions of the respective keys when the printer power is turned on are displayed below.
Each of the following keys becomes valid if the key is kept pressed until "RAM Check" is
displayed in the upper row of LCD and the several asterisk (*) marks are displayed in the
lower row.

(1) MENU+ key & MENU- key & ENTER key


The printer starts up in the CU program upgrade mode. If the printer starts up in
this mode, the network does not function.
(2) BACK key & ONLINE key & CANCEL key
The object that is added by the download mode is not started but the CU
program is started up.
(3) MENU+ key & MENU- key & HELP key
The system maintenance menu is started up.
(4) MENU+ key & MENU- key & ENTER key
The printer starts up in the mode that sets the printer in the on-line mode all the
time by ignoring the warning/error. (Factory assistance function)
(5) ONLINE key
The printer starts up in the dedicated mode in which the objects such as
network or USB is going to be downloaded.
(6) ENTER key
The Boot Menu is started up.

44205301TH Rev.1 113 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.4 Setups upon completion of part replacement


The adjustments that are required upon completion of part replacement are described 5.4.1 Precautions when replacing the CU/PU board
below.
Replacement parts Adjustment contents 1. W h e n a c c e s s t o t h e E E P RO M o f t h e b o a r d t o r e m ove i s p o s s i bl e.
LED head See note. Not required (When the SERVICE CALL 104 [Engine EEPROM Error] or 40 [EEPROM Error]
Drum cartridges (Y, M, C, K) Not required
is not displayed:)

Fuser unit Not required


(1) Obtain the EEPROM information from the board to remove, by using the
board replacement function (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section
Belt unit Not required 2.4.1.1.9 Board replacement function) of the Maintenance Utilities, and save
CU/PU board Copying the EEPROM information and utilities are in the hard disk of PC temporarily.
required.
(2) Copy the EEPROM information that has been saved in the hard disk of PC
by step (1), into the EEPROM of the new replacement board by using the
Board replacement function (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section
2.4.1.1.9 Board replacement function) of the Maintenance Utilities.
(3) Alternatively, when only the PU-part EEPROM information or the CU-
part EEPROM setting information could be taken and stored in step (2),
copy it into the EEPROM of the replacement board by using the board
replacement function of Maintenance Utility (Maintenance Utilities Operation
Manual section 2.4.1.1.9 Board replacement function). With the function but
separately from this operation, configure the EEPROM with the information
that could not be taken from the board being replaced with: Configure the PU
part serial number setting (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section
2.4.1.1.9.5) and switching to the Shipping mode (Maintenance Utilities
Operation Manual section 2.4.1.1.9.6) on an appropriate setting window
when the untaken information is PU-part EEPROM information, and the
CU part serial number information setting (Maintenance Utilities Operation
Manual section 2.4.1.1.9.4) when the untaken information is CU-part
EEPROM setting information.
Note! When obtaining and copying the EEPROM information by using the
Maintenance Utilities, set the printer into the "Forced ONLINE mode" by
following the procedure described below. If the printer is in the error state,
the error display is issued even during the forced ONLINE mode.
1. When turning on the printer power, keep pressing [BACK] + [MENU-] +
[ENTER] until "Status Mode" is displayed on the operator panel.
2. If the printer is normal, "ON LINE" display is shown. If the printer has
an error, the error display is shown. However, the printer has entered
the ON LINE state in which communication is enabled.

44205301TH Rev.1 114 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. When access to the EEPROM of the board to remove is impossible. (2) Switching to the Shipping mode (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual
If the SERVICE CALL 104 [Engine EEPROM Error] or 40 [EEPROM Error] is section 2.4.1.1.10.4)
displayed on the operator panel with the board to remove, or is EEPROM data When the board is replace with the new board, the new board has been set
cannot be read-out, perform the following procedure by using the Maintenance in the Factory working mode. Therefore, it should be switched to the Shipping
Utilities. mode.
• Switch the mode by using the Maintenance Utilities section “2.4.1.1.10 Board
(1) Setting the serial number information (Maintenance Utilities Operation
setting function” – section “2.4.1.1.10.4 Factory/Shipping mode” screen.
Manual section 2.4.1.1.10.3)
The SAP serial number is applied to printer. The SAP serial number is
Note! Note that replacing the CU/PU board with a new one without copying
displayed in the top-most row of the serial number label. Its number indicates
the production place with 2 digits, manufacture date with 2 digits, serial information onto the new one from the board’s EEPROM clears information
number (sequential number) with 6 digits and revision number with 2 digits about the lives of units of the printer, including the belt, toner and image
totaling 12 digits number. drums, causing errors in managing these lives on the printer until the units
are replaced. The counts cleared with such CU/PU board replacement are
• Select PU Serial Number for the printer serial number, and Show Only Serial as shown in the list below and chapter 2 Counter Specifications. When the
Number for the output mode. Do not enter the CU serial number. units are replaced with new ones, their respective counts except for Total
• The PU serial number is the 10 digits number excluding the revision number of 2 Sheets Fed are cleared, the errors being corrected.
digits among the 12 digits SAP serial number.
• Perform the above setting by using the Maintenance Utilities section “2.4.1.1.10
Board setting function” – section “2.4.1.1.10.3 Serial number information setting”. Item Contents Count contents
• To specify the PU serial number, enter the 11 digits number after adding “0” (Zero Fuser unit Fuser unit life count Number of print copies after
in single-byte character) at the top. (Be careful that the read-out data shows the 10 the new fuser unit is installed,
after the data is converted to
digits number.) equivalent number of A4 size
Enter the 11 digit number by adding “0” (Zero in single-byte character) before the paper counts.
10 digit number excluding the revision 2 digits that is shown in conceptual drawing Belt unit Belt unit life count Number of print copies after
of “Serial number information setting” screen as shown below. the new belt unit is installed,
after the data is converted to
Enter the 11 digit number after adding “0” (zero in single-byte character) equivalent number of A4 size
before the 10 digit number. (Enter “OAEO1234567”.) paper counts.
Revision ID unit : Black Life count of respective Number of print copies after the
ID unit : Yellow ID units new ID unit is installed, after the
data is converted to equivalent
ID unit : Magenta number of A4 size paper counts.
ID unit : Cyan
Total number of papers Printer life count Total number of papers fed
fed
Print : Black Number of print copies Number of print copies after the
Serial number label conceptual drawing of each ID new ID unit is installed.
Print : Yellow
Print : Magenta
• The PU serial number is output to the System/Serial Number column of the Print : Cyan
Configuration. Therefore, confirmation upon completion of rewriting the PU serial
number can be performed by printing the Configuration.

44205301TH Rev.1 115 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.5 Density control manual setting


When a printer is shipped from the factory, the automatic density correction mode has
been set in "Automatic". If a printer is used after the density correction mode is set to
"Manual", density may change during usage of a printer. Actions to be taken when
density is not normal.

Note! Perform the followings while a printer is in the still state. Do not perform the
followings during warm-up.

(1) Press the MENU or MENU key several times until the [Calibration] is
displayed. Then, press the ENTER key.

(2) Press the MENU or MENU key to display [Adjust Density/Execute].

(3) Press the ENTER key.

The automatic density correction starts.

44205301TH Rev.1 116 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.6 Printer boot menu list

While pressing the SET button, turn on the power to display the Boot Menu. Category Item Setting value Function
Security Job Limitation Off Limits the job to accept. The encrypted
Memo To display the Boot Menu, entry of password is required. Default value of password Setup authentication print only is accepted.
is "aaaaaa". Encrypted Job It is displayed when the optional internal SD Memory
Card is installed.
Category Item Setting value Function
Make Secure Execute Enables encryption functionality for data to store
Enter ************ Enter password to enter Boot Menu. SD Card on an SD card. This option enables encryption key
Password Enter the password of 6 to 12 digits of alphanumeric. generation and applies the information for such
The initial value is "aaaaaa". encryption (security mode) functionality, initializing
the SD card. The option first displays the message:
USB USB Enable Setting Valid/Invalid of USB interface.
Setup Are You Sure?
Disable Yes
No
Speed 480Mbps Setting the maximum transfer speed of USB
interface. Selecting No restores the last menu view. Selecting
Enable Yes makes the printer reboot automatically, enabling
the encryption functionality.
Soft Reset Enable Setting Valid/Invalid of Soft Reset.
[Display condition]
Disable The printer has an SD card, its SD card encryption
Offline Enable Setting Valid/Invalid of the function that enables to functionality is disabled and Storage Setup-Enable
Receive keep the signal reception possible without changing Initialization is set to Yes.
Disable I/F signal even when an alarm is issued. Make Normal Execute Disables encryption functionality for data to store
Serial Enable Setting Valid/Invalid of USB serial number. SD Card on an SD card. This option deletes any encryption
Number key and does not apply the information for such
Disable encryption (security mode) functionality, initializing
the SD card. The option first displays the message:
Are You Sure?
Yes
No
Selecting No restores the last menu view. Selecting
Yes makes the printer reboot automatically.
[Display condition]
The printer has an SD card, its SD card encryption
functionality is enabled and Storage Setup-Enable
Initialization is set to Yes.
Reset Cipher Execute Re-generates the encryption key that is used in the
Key encrypted SD Memory Card.
It is displayed when the optional internal SD Memory
Card is installed, and the encrypted SD Memory
card function is made valid.

44205301TH Rev.1 117 /


5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category Item Setting value Function


Storage Check File Execute Resolves the un-match between the actual (free)
Setup System space and displayed free space of file system, and
recovers the control data (FAT information.)
Check All Execute Recovers the SD Memory Card sector information
Sectors defect and un-match of the above file system.
Enable SD No A printer can start up even if SD Memory Card
Card cannot start as it is damaged when it is installed,
Yes by setting "No" regardless of the SD Memory Card
installation as a printer recognizes that SD Memory
Card is not installed.
Erase SD Execute Deletes all data stored in a SD Memory Card so that
Card the data cannot be recovered.
It is displayed when the optional internal SD Memory
Card is installed.
Enable No The internal SD Memory Card and flash memory
Initialization are set so that they cannot be changed including
Yes initialization.
Power Peak Power Normal Sets Yes/No of low peak power control.
Setup Control
Low
Power Save Enable Setting Valid/Invalid of the save power mode.
Disable
Sleep Enable Sets Enable/Disable of Sleep Mode.
Disable
USB Host Off Sets the power supply provided for a USB host in
Power the Power Save mode.
On
Off reduces the supply of power.
On provides normal supply of power.
Language Language Execute Deletes the message file in a flash memory.
Setup Initialize

44205301TH Rev.1 118 /


Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6. Periodic Maintenance
6.1 Cleaning.....................................................................................120
6.2 How to clean the LED lens array................................................121
6.3 How to clean the pickup roller.....................................................123
6.4 How to clean inside of printer.....................................................124
6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.1 Cleaning
Clean inside and outside of the printer with clean dry cleaning cloth and small vacuum
cleaner (hand cleaner) as required.

Note! Be careful not to touch the image drum terminals, the LED lens array and
the LED head connectors.

44205301TH Rev.1 120 /


6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.2 How to clean the LED lens array


If the white banding, white stripe (white drop-out, light printing) in the vertical direction Perform cleaning of the LED head.
occurs on the print surface, clean the LED lens array.
If any light print or white banding is recognized or if print character becomes blurred,
clean the LED head as descried below.
(1) Turn off the power of the printer.
White banding, white stripe
(white drop-out, light printing) O I

(2) Press down the OPEN button to open the top cover.

Personal injuries may occur.

The fuser unit gets very hot. Do not touch the fuser unit.

OPEN botton

44205301TH Rev.1 121 /


6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Wipe the lens surface (at the four positions) of the LED head with soft tissue
paper gently and lightly.

Note! Do not use the solvents such as methyl alcohol or thinner for cleaning the
LED head lens because they can damage the LED head.

LED head

(4) Close the top cover.

44205301TH Rev.1 122 /


6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.3 How to clean the pickup roller


If the vertical banding in the vertical direction occurs on the print surface, clean the pickup (3) Clean the separation roller of the paper tray with a clean cloth wrung out
roller. stringently of clean water.

Note! Be sure to use a soft cloth or the like for cleaning the pickup roller.
Otherwise, the roller surface can be damaged. Separation roller

Perform cleaning of the feed roller and the separation roller.


Perform this cleaning when the error code [Open Cassette/Paper Jam/Tray1/Please see
HELP for details] occurs frequently.
(1) Draw out the paper tray.
(2) Clean the 2 feed rollers with a clean cloth stringently wrung out of clean water.
Note! • Clean the second tray (option) in the same manner when the error code
[Open Cassette/Paper Jam/Tray2/Please see HELP for details] occurs
frequently.
• Clean the feeder roller of the multi-purpose tray in the same manner
Feed roller when the error code [Open Cover/Paper Jam/Front Cover/Please see
HELP for details] occurs frequently.

Feed roller

44205301TH Rev.1 123 /


6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.4 How to clean inside of printer

Clean inside of the printer. (3) Remove the image drum cartridge.
1. Remove the four image drum cartridges and place them on a flat workbench.
Toner can adhere to the metal shaft located in between the fuser and the cyan image
2. Cover the removed image drum cartridge with a black paper.
drum cartridge depending on the print patter. Perform cleaning of inside of the printer if
toner has adhered to the metal shaft.
Note! • The image drum (green tubular portion) is highly inherently-brittle. Be
(1) Turn off the power of the printer.
very careful when handling it.
O I • Be very careful not to expose the image drum to direct sun light or
intense light (light of approx. 1500 lux or more). Do not leave it under
the normal illumination even indoor for 5 minutes or longer.)

(2) Press down the OPEN to open the top cover.

Personal injuries may occur.

The fuser unit gets very hot. Do not touch the fuser unit.

OPEN botton

44205301TH Rev.1 124 /


6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Remove the fuser unit. (5) Clean the metal shaft with soft clean cloth or soft tissue paper.

Personal injuries may occur.

The fuser unit gets very hot. Be very careful not to touch the fuser
unit with your hands.
If it got hot, stop the work and wait until it cools down. After it has
cooled down, start the following steps.
1. Raise the fuser unit lock levers (two levers shown in blue) in the direction shown
by the arrow.
2. Hold the handle of the fuser unit and remove it.

Shaft
(6) Install the fuser unit.
For the detailed procedure, refer to the User's Manual – Setup Guide "Replacing
fuser unit".
Handle
(7) Return the four image drum cartridges to the printer gently and carefully.
(8) Close the top cover.

Fuser unit lock levers


(blue)

44205301TH Rev.1 125 /


Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure


7.1 Before starting the repair work...................................................127
7.2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against
abnormalities .............................................................................127
7.3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality 127
7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting..................................................127
7.5 Troubleshooting method.............................................................128
7.6 Fuse check.................................................................................201
7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.1 Before starting the repair work


(1) Confirm the basic check/inspection points described in User’s Manual.
(2) Get the information/status from client at the time when the trouble has occurred
as much in details as possible
(3) Create the status close to the user’s status when the trouble has occurred, and
inspect a printer in that status.

7.2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against abnormalities


(1) Is the usage environment of a printer normal?
(2) Are the consumable items (toner, drum cartridge) replaced normally?
(3) Is the print media (paper) normal? Refer to Specifications – Paper in User’s
Manual.
(4) Is the drum cartridge installed normally?

7.3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality


(1) Do not touch the OPC drum surface with your hand or any foreign materials.
(2) Do not expose the OPC drum to the direct sunlight.
(3) The fuser unit will be hot. Do not touch.
(4) Do not expose the image drum to any light for 5 minutes or longer under the
normal room temperature.

7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting


(1) Display on the Operator Panel
Error status of this printer is displayed on the LCD (Liquid crystal display) of the
Operator Panel.
Take appropriate troubleshooting action in accordance with the message
displayed on the LCD.

44205301TH Rev.1 127 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5 Troubleshooting method


When a trouble occurs in this printer, perform troubleshooting by following the steps 7.5.1 LCD message list
described below.

Trouble occurs Initializing

Panel display ON
Inspection
(The mark indicates no LINE Details
lamp
message in the upper row.) lamp
The trouble that is Use the "LCD message Perform more detailed
displayed by the list" and perform troubleshooting using the PLEASE WAIT Off Off It is displayed until the RAM expansion of the CU
LCD message. troubleshooting. (Refer Troubleshooting Flow. (Refer program is in progress.
to 7.5.1.) to 7.5.2.)
Initializing Off Off Indicates initialization of the controller side is in
progress.

EEPROM Reset Off Off Indicates the controller side EEPROM is reset. The
Abnormal printed conditions for resetting the EEPROM are shown
image (and the Perform more detailed
troubleshooting using the below.
trouble that is not
displayed by the Troubleshooting Flow. (Refer • CU ROM is changed (Unmatch of the CU F/W
LCD messages.) to 7.5.3.) version is detected.)
• Destination is changed.
• Forced initialization of EEPROM (System
Maintenance Menu)
• Setting OEM by the PJL command.

RAM Check Off Off Indicates that RAM check is in progress.


**************** Percentage of the checked capacity against the
total capacity is shown in the second line.

Wait a Moment Off Off Indicates the network initialization is in progress.


Network Initializing

Flash Memory Format Off Off Indicates that the flash memory formatting is in
progress. If a resident/option flash memory that
is not formatted yet is detected, it is displayed
when the menu item [Format Flash ROM] is
selected from [Maintenance Menu] of the System
Maintenance Menu. Because the above menu item
is internally use only and is not disclosed to user,
this status does not occur in the user environment.

Checking File System Off Off Displays that SD Card file system is being checked.
Process Check of File System is valid to start from
"Storage Setup"-"Check File System" of Boot Menu.

Erasing SD Card Off Off Indicates that the SD Card is being erased.
Erase process of the SD Card is valid to start from
"Storage Setup"-"Erase SD Card" of Boot Menu.

44205301TH Rev.1 128 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Inspection
(The mark indicates no LINE Details (The mark indicates no LINE Details
lamp lamp
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Checking Sectors Off Off Displays that a sector of SD Card is being checked. PU Flash Error Off Off Indicates that the PU firmware has started up
nnn% Check process of the sector is valid to start from in the Loader mode. It is indicated when the PU
"Storage Setup"-"Check All Sectors" of Boot Menu. firmware has returned "00.00.00" against the
nnn Leisus command "VERSIONR 01H" requesting
Percentage of checked capacity (PU) firmware version information supplied from
the CU firmware at power-on. When initialization is
Program Update Mode Off Off Indicates that the printer has entered in the finished, it is switched to the Priority 251 status.
dedicated mode for upgrading the NIC program This error can occur in the user environment. If
(controller firmware) version. this error occurs, maintenance by a maintenance
engineer is required. (Same as S/C)
Wait a Moment Off Blink Indicates that reception of the NIC program data
Program Data Received for upgrading is in progress. Communication Error Off Off Indicates that communication with the PU firmware
has failed. This error can occur in the user
Wait a Moment Off Off Indicates that reception of the NIC program data environment. If this error occurs, maintenance by a
Program Data Received for upgrading is complete. maintenance engineer is required. (Same as S/C)
OK
Status Mode Off Off Indicates that the printer has started in the ON
Check Data Off On Indicates that an error has occurred during LINE mode always. When a printer starts up in
Program Data Receive reception of the NIC program data for upgrading. this mode, it processes the data (job) from outside
Error %DLCODE% (host) even when an error occurs if a printer has
<nnn> 1 : Size error entered the ON LINE mode once.
2 : Checksum error Error and warning are displayed on the panel.
3 : Printer model number error A printer can enter in this mode if the power of a
4 : Module I/F version error printer is turned on while pressing the switches of
5 : FAT version error <Enter> + <Back> + <Down> all simultaneously.
Because this pattern of pressing the multiple
Wait a Moment Off Blink Indicates that writing of the NIC program data for switches at the same time at power-on is not
Program Data Writing upgrading is in progress. disclosed to user, this status will not occur in the
user environment.
Power Off/On Off Off Indicates that writing of the NIC program data for
Program Data Writing OK upgrading is in complete.

Check Data Off On Indicates that an error has occurred during writing
Program Data Write Error of the NIC program data for upgrading.
<nnn> %DLCODE%
1 : Memory allocation error
2 : Download file error
3 : Device free space acquisition error
4 : Device insufficient free space error
5 : File write error
6 : CU-F/W mismatch error

44205301TH Rev.1 129 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Normal Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
Panel display ON
Inspection Remedial message in the upper row.) lamp
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp Printing(%TRAY%) Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst of −
printing job.
Ready To Print On Off Indicates that a printer is in the Online −
status. Printing Demo Page Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst of −
printing demo page.
Offline Off Off Indicates that a printer is in the Offline To start
status. printing Print Font Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst of −
* The Ready LED is turned off all the from a PC, printing menu map.
time during Offline. press the
ON LINE Print Network Config Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst of −
button to printing the network setting.
enter the When the menu [Information Menu] –
ON LINE [Network] is selected, printing of the
state. network setting starts.

File Accessing Varies Varies Indicates that access to a file system − Print Configuration Varies Varies Printing Menu Maps.
(SD Memory Card/FLASH) is under
way. Print File List Varies Varies Printing File Lists.

Data Arrive Varies Varies Indicates that the data reception is − Print Error Log Varies Varies Printing Error Logs.
in progress, and processing has not
started yet. This error indicates during Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst −
the period of PJL processing without of gather print. iii indicates number of
character print, or during job through Collate Copy iii/jjj copies in progress, and jjj indicates
mainly. total number of printed copies. When
total number of copies is 1, the normal
Processing Blink Varies Indicates that data reception or output − indication of PRINTING is displayed.
processing is progress.
Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst −
Data Present Varies Varies Indicates that the un-printed data If a printer of Copy printing. kkk indicates number
remains in buffer. A printer is in the state is stopped Copy kkk/lll of copies in progress, and lll indicates
of waiting for the data to receive while total number of printed copies. When
indicating total number of copies is 1, the normal
the state of indication of PRINTING is displayed.
"Remaining
data exists", Verifying Job Blink Varies Indicates that the integrity of print data
print the for encrypted authentication is being
data forcibly verified (for corruption and tampering).
by pressing
Cancelling Job Blink Varies Cancel of the job is indicated. A printer −
the ON
is discarding the data until end of the
LINE
job.
button, or
delete the Cancelling Job Blink Varies This message is displayed when a jam −
remaining occurs during jam recovery off.
data by Cancel of the job is indicated. A printer
pressing the is discarding the data until end of the
CANCEL job.
button.

44205301TH Rev.1 130 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Cancelling Job Blink Varies Indicates that canceling of a printing − Invalid Operation Varies Varies Pops up with the press of the Power
without permission is in progress. (Job Save button while the printer cannot
Account related) switch to Power Save. Three seconds
1. When a job is received from a user after that, the display reverts to the one
that is not authorized to print. before that.
2. When a color job is received from a The message is also displayed by
user that is not authorized to make a repeatedly pressing the button.
color print.
Varies Varies Indicates that the automatic color −
Cancelling Job Blink Varies Indicates that canceling a job is in − Color Adjusting registration correction is in progress.
progress because the log storage area
Varies Varies Indicates that the automatic density −
inside a printer has run out of memory
Density Adjusting correction is in progress. The status
space, and the operation "Cancel the
code 10988 corresponds to the density
job" is specified at log full.
read-out (Leisus – STSDEN #1) and
(JobAccount)
10994 corresponds to the density
Varies Varies Indicates RFID RD/WR checking is in correction (Leisus – STSDEN #0).
Calibrating progress.
Flash Download Varies Varies Indicates that downloading of the PU −
Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst − firmware program data is in progress.
Adjusting Temp. of cooling down. Note that (period) is Since downloading of the PU firmware
added at the end of message "Adjusting is opened internally only and not
the fuse temperature." disclosed to user, the status will not
occur in the user environment.
Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the midst −
Adjusting Temp of warming up. During this period, #0 of
the Leisus I/F: STSENG bit is "0".

Varies Varies Indicates that printing is stopped −


Optimizing Temp temporarily due to high temperature
of a drum. Alternately, this message
indicates that a printer is in the standby
state waiting for the thermal cooling
down when switching paper size from
narrow to wide.

Varies Varies Indicates that a printer is in the power −


Power Save save status.
When a printer enters the power save
mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
When it exits the power save mode, the
LCD backlight turns on. If the switch is
pressed while the backlight is off (in the
power save mode), the backlight turns
on, and then turns off in 30 seconds.
However, the power save mode is not
canceled. The backlight turns on during
shut-down (Priority 365).

44205301TH Rev.1 131 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Warning Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial
Panel display ON (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
Inspection Remedial message in the upper row.) lamp
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp
Varies On This warning is displayed at Cover Replace
Varies On Toner amount is low. Displayed in a − %COLOR% Waste Open/Close or Power OFF/ON after a the toner
combination of other message in the Toner Full.Replace waste-toner full error (Priority: 321.8) cartridge of
%COLOR% Toner Low (Blink) occurs. (Not occur for Black/Yellow.) the indicated
first line. Toner.
(Off) Displayed in a combination of other color.
In case of MENU "Menus"- message in the first line. As long
"System Adjust"-"Low Toner"=Stop, as this warning is being displayed,
ATTENTION LED blinks and the a waste toner full error occurs , the
printer shifts to OFF Line. printer shifts to Offline and stops
When an ONLINE switch is pushed, each time it has printed about 20
or when arbitrary errors occur and copies.
the error is canceled, an off-line state %COLOR%
is canceled, and printing is continued Magenta
until it is set to Toner Empty. Arbitrary Cyan
errors are errors of Priority 301-361.
"Toner Low" status occurs when the Varies On Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Prompt user
power is on, the LED of ATTENTION use in the printer. to use the
Non OEM %COLOR%
in a case of MENU "Menus"-"System %COLOR% appropriate
Toner Detected
Adjust"-"Low Toner"=Stop is blinked Yellow toner
and go back to the off line after the Magenta cartridge.
initializing process. Cyan
It is possible to operate untill "Toner Black
Empty" by pressing "ONLINE switch".
Varies On Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Prompt user
Moreover, when set as Admin use in the printer. to use the
Setup "System Setup"-"Near Life %COLOR% Toner
Regional Mismatch %COLOR% appropriate
LED"=Disable, Attention LED is toner
switched off. Yellow
Magenta cartridge.
%COLOR% Cyan
Yellow Black
Magenta
Cyan Varies On Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Tell user that
Black use in the printer. the trouble
Non Genuine
%COLOR% Toner %COLOR% caused by
Yellow usage of the
Magenta inappropriate
Cyan toner cartridge
Black is outside
the range of
free repair by
warranty to
prompt user
to use the
appropriate
toner
cartridge.

44205301TH Rev.1 132 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Varies On Toner sensor warning: Varies On Notifies the belt unit is near its life. −
%COLOR% Toner Indicates the printer has a toner Belt Unit Near Life (Off) This is a warning; thus, printing will
Sensor Error sensor problem. Be sure the not stop.
image drum cartridges and toner Moreover, when set as Admin Setup
cartridges are properly installed. "System Setup"-"NearLifeLED" =
Toner sensor error: "Disable", Attention LED is switched
Indicates a toner sensor failure off.
occurred, toner cartridge lever
Varies On Notifies the life of the fuser unit Replace the
turning was omitted or an image
Change Fuser Unit (warning). Displayed in a combination fuser with the
drum is not properly installed.
of other message in the first line. new fuser.
Be sure the toner cartridges and
image drums are properly installed. Warning only (No Life error).
Contact an appropriate customer This appears when the cover was
service center when this error opened and closed just after the
persists. fuser life error occurred.
Blink Varies Interpreter detects an error due to the Varies On Notifies the transfer belt is end of its Replace the
Error Postscript following reason. Receive data after Change Belt Unit life (Warning). belt unit with
this is ignored until the job completion. the new belt
This status message is displayed
When the job is completely received, unit.
when opening/closing a cover or
this is automatically cleared.
turning power on again after the
- The job has a grammatical error. transfer belt life error or belt waste
- The page is complicated, and VM toner full error occurs.
was used up.
Varies On Notifies toner is empty. Replace
Varies On The life of the drum (warning). − %COLOR% Toner This status message (warning) is the toner
(Off) Displayed in a combination of other Empty displayed when opening/closing a cartridge with
%COLOR% Image the new toner
message in the first line. The printer cover or turning power on again after
Drum Near Life cartridge.
stops at the point when it reaches the the toner empty error occurs.
drum life (Shifts to error, OFF-LINE.)
%COLOR%
Moreover, when set as Admin Setup Yellow
"System Setup"-"NearLifeLED" = Magenta
"Disable", Attention LED is switched Cyan
off. Black
%COLOR%
Yellow Varies On Indicates that the toner cartridge is Install
Magenta %COLOR% Toner Not not installed. This status is warning the toner
Cyan Installed only. cartridge. Be
Black %COLOR% careful that the
Yellow toner cartridge
Varies On Notifies the fuser unit is near its life. − Magenta supplied with
Fuser Unit Near Life Cyan the product
(Off) Moreover, when set as Admin Setup
Black cannot be
"System Setup"-"NearLifeLED" =
used if the
"Disable", Attention LED is switched
toner cartridge
off.
of other supply
is used.

44205301TH Rev.1 133 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Varies On Indicates that the image drum has Replace the Varies Varies Density correction black calibration −
%COLOR% Image reached end of life. image drum of Density Black error.
Drum Life This status (warning) is issued when the indicated Calibration Error Because the PU firmware does not
the cover is Opened/Closed once color. notice this status to the CU firmware
after the Image Drum Life end error in the Shipping Mode even when the
is issued to recover the printer once. PU firmware has detected this status,
%COLOR% this error does not occur in the user
Yellow environment.
Magenta
Cyan Varies Varies Density correction black sensor error. −
Black Density Black Sensor Because the PU firmware does not
Error notice this status to the CU firmware
Varies On Belt reflectance check error − in the Shipping Mode even when the
Belt Reflex Error Because the PU firmware does not PU firmware has detected this status,
notice this status to the CU firmware this error does not occur in the user
in the Shipping Mode even when the environment.
PU firmware has detected this status,
this error does not occur in the user Varies Varies Density correction ID ERROR 2. −
environment. %COLOR% Image This error occurs when abnormal
Drum Smear Error density due to the LED head focus
Varies Varies Density correction shutter error 2 − error is detected. (Extremely stained
Density Shutter Error2 Because the PU firmware does not LED head)
notice this status to the CU firmware Because the PU firmware does not
in the Shipping Mode even when the notice this status to the CU firmware
PU firmware has detected this status, in the Shipping Mode even when the
this error does not occur in the user PU firmware has detected this status,
environment. this error does not occur in the user
environment.
Varies Varies Density correction shutter error 1 − %COLOR%
Density Shutter Error1 Because the PU firmware does not Yellow
notice this status to the CU firmware Magenta
in the Shipping Mode even when the
Cyan
PU firmware has detected this status,
Black
this error does not occur in the user
environment. Varies On Density correction ID ERROR. −
%COLOR% Low This error occurs when abnormal
Varies Varies Density correction color calibration −
Density Error density is detected when stain has
Density Color error
occurred in print due to ID error.
Calibration Error Because the PU firmware does not
(Extremely out of focus).
notice this status to the CU firmware
Because the PU firmware does not
in the Shipping Mode even when the
notice this status to the CU firmware
PU firmware has detected this status,
in the Shipping Mode even when the
this error does not occur in the user
environment. PU firmware has detected this status,
this error does not occur in the user
Varies Varies Density correction color sensor error − environment.
Density Color Sensor Because the PU firmware does not %COLOR%
Error notice this status to the CU firmware Yellow
in the Shipping Mode even when the Magenta
PU firmware has detected this status, Cyan
this error does not occur in the user Black
environment.

44205301TH Rev.1 134 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Varies On Sensor adjustment error − Varies On Indicates that the tray runs out of Feed paper to
Sensor Calibration Because the PU firmware does not %TRAY% Empty paper. the indicated
Error notice this status to the CU firmware Warning only is issued until the tray tray.
in the Shipping Mode even when the that runs out paper is specified for
PU firmware has detected this status, print.
this error does not occur in the user %TRAY%
environment Tray 1
Tray 2
Varies On Color registration correction error. −
Tray 3
Registration Error <n> Indicates that an error has occurred
MP Tray
during the coarse adjustment or in
the main scanning line correction. Varies On Indicates that the file system that has Explain
Because the PU firmware does not been constructed on the recording user that
File System is Full
notice this status to the CU firmware device (SD Memory Card/FLASH) no remedial
in the Shipping Mode even when the runs out of free space. measure is
PU firmware has detected this status, Because this is a temporary warning, required.
this error does not occur in the user this warning is indicated until the
environment. job is complete. It disappears at the
n completion of the job.
2 = Yellow
3 = Magenta Varies On Indicates that an attempt is made to Explain
4 = Cyan File System is Write write data in the file system that has user that
Protected been constructed on the recording no remedial
Varies On Color registration correction sensor − device (SD Memory Card/FLASH), measure is
Registration Sensor error and is prohibited of writing data. required.
Error <n> Because the PU firmware does not Because this is a temporary warning,
notice this status to the CU firmware this warning is indicated until the
in the Shipping Mode even when the job is complete. It disappears at the
PU firmware has detected this status, completion of the job.
this error does not occur in the user
environment. Varies On Indicates that a secret file is being
File Erasing erased.
n
2 = Yellow
3 = Magenta Varies On It indicares the deletion of encrypted
4 = Cyan Deleting Encrypted authentication print job and saving of
Job deletion request of file.
Varies On Cannot fine the correction data for the −
%COLOR% Head LED head. Alternately, the correction Varies On Indicates that a secret file waiting to
Data Error data for the LED head is illegal. Erased Data Full be erased is full.
Because the PU firmware does not
notice this status to the CU firmware Varies Varies PU flash error (Error has occurred −
in the Shipping Mode even when the during re-writing of the PU firmware.)
PU firmware has detected this status, ***Flash Error
%PUFLASH% is described below.
this error does not occur in the user
environment. PU
Tray2
%COLOR%
Tray3
Yellow
Duplex
Magenta
Cyan
Black

44205301TH Rev.1 135 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Varies Varies Indicates a USB hub not supported Varies On Notify user that the job is canceled • Set the user
by the printer is connected to it. This because the print permission is not ID of the job
USB Hub Unsupported Print Restricted. Job
message is showing while the printer set. (Job Account related). account in the
Rejected
has a connection to such a hub. This error is kept displayed until the printer driver.
Please detach it ON LINE key is pressed. • If the user ID
Press ONLINE Button has been set
Varies Varies Indicates a USB device not supported in the driver,
by the printer is connected to it. This confirm the
Unsupported USB
message is showing while the printer user ID and its
Device Detected
has such a USB device connected to setting with the
it. job account
Please detach it ministrator.

Varies Varies Indicates that the MOPY memory is Reduce the Varies On Notify user that the job is canceled Executeto
data full. This error is kept displayed number of because the log buffer is full. (Job [Acquire
Collate Fail:Too Many Log Buffer is Full. Job
until the ON LINE key is pressed. pages that Account related) immediately]
Pages Rejected
are going to This error is kept displayed until the on the server
be printed at ON LINE key is pressed. PC of the
Press ONLINE Button once. Press ONLINE Button print job
accounting.
Varies On Indicates that the free space of the
storage device is too small to execute Varies On Indicates that an applicable job has
Statistics Log Buffer is been automatically deleted as the
PRINT STATISTICS SYSTEM. Expired Secure Job
Full retention period for authentication
printing has expired.
Press ONLINE Button Press ONLINE Button

Varies On Notifies users that jobs have been


printed in monochrome because they
Color Restricted. Mono
are not permitted for color printing.
Printed
(Related to JobAccount).
Stays displayed until the ONLINE
Press ONLINE Button button is pressed.

Varies On Notifies users that jobs have been


cancelled because they are not
Color Restricted. Job
permitted for color printing. (Related
Rejected
to JobAccount).
Stays displayed until the ONLINE
Press ONLINE Button button is pressed.

44205301TH Rev.1 136 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Panel display ON Panel display ON


Inspection Remedial Inspection Remedial
(The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure (The mark indicates no LINE lamp
Details
measure
message in the upper row.) lamp message in the upper row.) lamp

Varies On Indicates that a file system error other Replace the Varies Varies Invalid data was received. Press Press the ON
than the above-described file system SD Memory the On-line switch and eliminate the LINE switch.
File System Operation Invalid Data
related status error, has occurred. Card. No warning. Displayed when unsupported
failed <nnn>
The processing that does not used remedial PDL command is received or a spool
the file system can be operated. action is Press ONLINE Button command is received without SD
Press ONLINE Button %FS_ERR% required when Card.
=0..... GENERAL ERROR print such as
authentication Install Paper On Off Indicates that the print request of Press the ON
=1..... VOLUME NOT AVAILABLE print is not manual paper feed is issued. LINE switch.
MPTray
=3..... FILE NOT FOUND used. Prompt user to feed manually * The data will
=4......NO FREE FILE DESCRIPTORS %MEDIA_SIZE% the paper that is indicated by be deleted
%MEDIA_SIZE%. unless the ON
=5..... INVALID NUMBER OF BYTES Press ONLINE Button Unit of paper size in the Custom LINE switch is
=6..... FILE ALREADY EXISTS mode follows the unit specified pressed within
=7..... ILLEGAL NAME display unit (menu setting) of the MP the time set
tray unless otherwise specified by by [Manual
=8..... CANT DEL ROOT‑ driver. Timeout].
=9..... NOT FILE If unit of paper size is specified by
=10... NOT DIRECTORY driver, it is displayed in units specified
by driver.
=11... NOT SAME VOLUME
Paper size in the Custom mode is
=12... READ ONLY displayed as "<width> x <length>
=13... ROOT DIR FULL <unit>"
=14... DIR NOT EMPTY ex: 210 x 297 mm
=15... BAD DISK 8.5 x 11.0 inch
=16... NO LABL
=17... INVALID PARAMETER
=18... NO CONTIG SPACE
=19... CANTCHANGE ROOT
=20... FD OBSOLETE
=21... DELETED
=22... NO BLOCK DEVICE
=23... BAD SEEK
=24... INTERNAL ERROR
=25... WRITE ONLY

Varies Varies Indicates that a job has been deleted


because corruption of data has been
Invalid Secure Data
detected by the integrity verification in
authentication printing.
Press ONLINE Button

44205301TH Rev.1 137 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

If a printer detects an un-recoverable error, the following service call error is displayed on ON
Inspection
the LCD. Display on operator panel LINE
lamp
Contents Code nnn
lamp
Service call
Change Paper in MPTray Off Blink Indicates unmatch between the media Error
nnn: error type in the tray and the print data
%MEDIA_SIZE%
Note! nnn indicates an error code. occurs. Prompt user to insert paper in
%MEDIA_TYPE% the tray.
Press ONLINE Button Error 660: MP Tray 660
When a service call is displayed, the error code and the associated error information are Please see HELP for details Unit of paper size in the Custom
displayed in the lower row of the LCD display at the same time. mode follows the unit specified
Be sure to take note of this error information (numerals indicating address and others) display unit (menu setting) of the MP
tray unless otherwise specified by
and inform it to the related departments because the information is used for trouble driver. If unit of paper size is specified
analysis and solution. Meaning of error codes and remedial measures are shown in by driver, it is displayed in units
Tables 7-1-1 and 7-1-2. specified by driver.
ex: 210 x 297mm
Table 7-1-1 Operator alarm
8.5 x 11.0 inch
ON User is requested to change paper of
Inspection
Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn the tray and press the ON LINE key.
lamp
lamp
Change Paper in %TRAY% Off Blink Indicates that the paper size of the Error
Change Paper in %TRAY% Off Blink Indicates unmatch between the Error tray or the paper size, and the media
%MEDIA_SIZE%
%MEDIA_SIZE% media type in the tray and the print type do not match the print data.
data occurs. %MEDIA_TYPE%
%MEDIA_TYPE% Prompt user to insert paper in the
Prompt user to insert paper in the Press ONLINE Button tray.
Press ONLINE Button tray. Please see HELP for details Error 461: Tray 1 461
Please see HELP for details Error 661 : Tray1 661 Error 462: Tray 2 462
Error 662 : Tray2 662 Error 462: Tray 3 463
Error 663 : Tray3 663
Unit of paper size in the Custom
Unit of paper size in the Custom mode follows the unit specified
mode follows the unit specified display unit (menu setting) of the MP
display unit (menu setting) of the MP tray unless otherwise specified by
tray unless otherwise specified by driver. If unit of paper size is specified
driver. by driver, it is displayed in units
If unit of paper size is specified by specified by driver.
driver, it is displayed in units specified
ex: 210 x 297mm
by driver.
Paper size in the Custom mode is 8.5 x 11.0 inch
indicated as follows: User is requested to change paper of
"<Width> x <Length> <unit>" the tray and press the ON LINE key.
ex : 210 x 297 mm
8.5 x 11.0 inch
User is requested to change paper of
the tray and press the ON LINE key.

44205301TH Rev.1 138 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

ON ON
Inspection Inspection
Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn
lamp lamp
lamp lamp
Change Paper in MPTray Off Blink Indicates that the paper size of the tray Error Wait a Moment Varies Varies Indicates the network initialization is Error
%MEDIA_SIZE% or the paper size, and the media type Network Initializing in progress. (ONLINE)
do not match the print data.
%MEDIA_TYPE% Prompt user to insert paper in the tray. Install Paper Off Blink Indicates that a print request is issued Error
Press ONLINE Button Error 460 : MPTray 460 to the tray that has run out of paper.
%TRAY%
Please see HELP for details Prompting user to refill paper.
Unit of paper size in the Custom %MEDIA_SIZE%
mode follows the unit specified Error 491 : Tray1 491
display unit (menu setting) of the MP Error 492 : Tray2 492
Please see HELP for details Error 493 : Tray3 493
tray unless otherwise specified by
driver. If unit of paper size is specified Unit of paper size in the Custom
by driver, it is displayed in units mode follows the unit specified by
specified by driver. menu unless otherwise specified by
ex: 210 x 297mm driver. If unit of paper size is specified
by driver, it is displayed in units
8.5 x 11.0 inch
specified by driver.
User is requested to change paper of
the tray and press the ON LINE key. Install Paper Off Blink Indicates that a print request is issued Error
MPTray to the multipurpose tray that has run
Wait a Moment Varies Varies Indicates that processing of the Error out of paper.
message data for upgrade is in %MEDIA_SIZE% Paper feed restarts when user
Message Data Processing (ONLINE)
progress. Press ONLINE Button pressed the ON LINE switch.
Wait a Moment Varies Varies Indicates that writing of the message Error Please see HELP for details Error 490 : MPTray 490
Message Data Writing data for upgrading is in progress. (ONLINE) Unit of paper size in the Custom
mode follows the unit specified by
Power Off/On Varies Varies Indicates that writing of the message Error menu unless otherwise specified by
data for upgrading has completed driver. If unit of paper size is specified
Message Data Received (ONLINE)
with success. by driver, it is displayed in units
OK
specified by driver.
Check Data Varies Varies Indicates that writing of the message Error This error occurs when the tray is in
data for upgrading has failed. the home position, and the sensor
Message Data Write (ONLINE) "PE SENS 2" cannot detect paper.
Error<%CODE%> %CODE% is a decimal value (single
digit) indicating cause of the writing
Remove Paper Off Blink The printed paper is overfilled on the Error
failure.
Face Down Stacker paper stacker of the printer unit.
=1 FAIL Cause of the failure is unknown.
Error 480 : Face Down Stacker 480
=2 DATA_ERROR Hash check error during
data read/write. FLASH error
=3 OVERFLOW Download failure because Please see HELP for details
the FLASH capacity became full during
writing or reading the language file. Install Paper Cassette Off Blink Indicates that cassette is removed Error
%TRAY% from the tray 1 that is located in
=4 MEMORY FULL Failed to secure memory
the path when a print from tray 2 is
space.
attempted.
=5 UNSUPPORTED_DATA Download of the
Error 440 : Tray1 440
data that is not supported by the printer.
Please see HELP for details Error 441 : Tray2 441
Wait a Moment Varies Varies When the network related setting Error
Network Configuration items are updated, contents of them (ONLINE)
Writing are saved in the flash memory.

44205301TH Rev.1 139 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

ON ON
Inspection Inspection
Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn
lamp lamp
lamp lamp
Install Paper Cassette Off Blink Indicates that paper feeding is not Error Incompatible Toner Off Blink Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Error
%TRAY% possible because cassette has been %COLOR% use in the printer.
removed from the corresponding The printer recovers from the error
tray when a print from the tray is after replacement of the toner
attempted. cartridge with a toner cartridge for the
Error 430 : Tray1 430 Please see HELP for details printer.
Please see HELP for details 431
Error 431 : Tray2 Error 614 : Yellow 614
Error 432 : Tray3 432 Error 615 : Magenta 615
Error 616 : Cyan 616
Press ONLINE Button for Off Blink Momory capacity overflows due to Error Error 617 : Black 617
Restoration the following reason. Press ON-LINE 420
Memory Overflow switch so that it continues. Install Incompatible Toner Off Blink Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Error
expansion RAM or decrease the data %COLOR% use in the printer.
amount. The printer recovers from the error
-Too much print data in a page. after replacement of the toner
cartridge with a toner cartridge for the
- Too much Macro data. printer.
Please see HELP for details
- Too much DLL data
Error 620 : Yellow 620
- After frame buffer compression, over
Error 621 : Magenta 621
flow occurred.
Error 622 : Cyan 622
Replace Toner Off Blink Indicates that the waster toner Error Error 623 : Black 623
%COLOR% Waste Toner of %COLOR% is full requiring
Non Genuine Toner Off Blink Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Error
Full replacement of toner.
%COLOR% use in the printer.
Error 415 : Magenta 415 The printer recovers from the error
Please see HELP for details Error 416 : Cyan 416 after replacement of the toner
(This error does not occur in the cartridge with a toner cartridge for the
Black /Yellow toner.) Please see HELP for details printer.
Error 550 : Yellow 550
Install Toner Off Blink Indicates that the printer runs out of Error Error 551 : Magenta 551
%COLOR% toner. Error 552 : Cyan 552
When the cover is opened/closed, it Error 553 : Black 553
changes to the warning status. The engine is confirmed again by
Error 410 : Yellow 410 cover open/close. And, when the
Please see HELP for details Error 411 : Magenta 411 toner cartridges have not been
Error 412 : Cyan 412 exchanged, it shifts to Warning. And it
Error 413 : Black 413 is possible to print up to 20.
Toner Regional Mismatch Off Blink Indicates the toner cartridge is not for Error Toner Not Installed Off Blink Indicates that toner cartridge is not Error
%COLOR% use in the printer. %COLOR% installed.
The printer recovers from the error Error 610 : Yellow 610
after replacement of the toner cartridge Error 611 : Magenta 611
with a toner cartridge for the printer. Error 612 : Cyan 612
Please see HELP for details Error 554 : Yellow 554 Please see HELP for details Error 613 : Black 613
Error 555 : Magenta 555 The engine is confirmed again by
Error 556 : Cyan 556 cover open/close. And, when the toner
Error 557 : Black 557 cartridges have not been exchanged,
it shifts to Warning. And it is possible
to print up to 20.

44205301TH Rev.1 140 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

ON ON
Inspection Inspection
Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn
lamp lamp
lamp lamp
Open Cassette Off Blink Additional paper is detected when a Error Check Paper Off Blink Informs that a paper of illegal size Error
Paper Remain paper jam has occurred. Paper Size Error is fed from the tray. Check paper in 400
Error 632 : Tray2 Cassette 632 the tray, or check if multiple sheets of
%TRAY% %TRAY% paper are transported simultaneously
Error 633 : Tray3 Cassette 633
by mistake or not.
Please see HELP for details Please see HELP for details The recovery print is executed when
the cover is Opened/Closed
Open Cover Off Blink Additional paper is detected when a Error
paper jam has occurred. Open Cover Off Blink Indicates that jam has occurred Error
Paper Remain during feeding paper from the MP
Error 637 : J0: Paper Feed Path 637 Paper Jam 390
Front Cover tray.
Front Cover
Error 390: MP Tray
Please see HELP for details
Please see HELP for details
Open Cover Off Blink Additional paper is detected when a Error
paper jam has occurred. Open Cassette Off Blink Indicates that jam has occurred Error
Paper Remain during feeding paper from the this
Error 638 : J1: Paper Transport 638 Paper Jam
Top Cover tray.
Path %TRAY%
Error 391 : Tray 1 391
Please see HELP for details Error 392 : Tray 2 392
Please see HELP for details Error 393 : Tray 3 393
Open Cover Off Blink Contents Additional paper is detected Error
Paper Remain when a paper jam has occurred. Open Cover Off Blink Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
Error 639 : J2: Paper Exit Path 639 Paper Jam paper path.
Top Cover
Error 640 : J4: Duplex Entry Path 640 Front Cover Error 380 : Feed 380
In case of Error code 639, paper may
Please see HELP for details be left in around the side cover at the
Please see HELP for details
exit part.
Open Cover Off Blink Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
Check Duplex Unit Off Blink Additional paper is detected when a Error
Paper Jam paper path.
Paper Remain paper jam has occurred.
Top Cover Error 381 : Transport 381
Error 641 : J5: Duplex Reversal 641
Error 382 : Exit 382
Path
Error 383 : Duplex Entry 383
Error 642 : J3: Duplex Transport 642
Please see HELP for details Error 385 : Fuser Unit 385
Please see HELP for details Path
Error 389 : Printing Page Lost 389
Toner Sensor Error Off Blink Indicates that the toner sensor has Error
Check Duplex Unit Off Blink Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
%COLOR% detected the error.
Paper Jam vicinity of Duplex unit.
Error 540 : Yellow 540
Error 370 : Duplex Reversal 370
Error 541 : Magenta 541
Error 371 : Duplex Input 371
Error 542 : Cyan 542
Error 543 : Black 543
Please see HELP for details

Open Cover Off Blink Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
Paper Jam vicinity of Duplex unit.
Front Cover Error 372 : Misfeed from Duplex 372

Please see HELP for details

44205301TH Rev.1 141 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

ON ON
Inspection Inspection
Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn
lamp lamp
lamp lamp
Install Duplex Unit Off Blink Indicates that the Duplex unit is Error Check Toner Cartridge Off Blink Indicates that toner is not being Error
removed. 360 Improper Lock Lever supplied (toner cannot be detected).
If this error is detected, printing is Position The lever of the toner cartridge 544
stopped. is left unlocked, or the cartridge 545
%COLOR% was installed without removing the 546
protective tape, therefore, the toner 547
Please see HELP for details cannot be supplied, and it might
Please see HELP for details
cause this error.
Install New Image Drum Off Blink Informs the image drum has reached Error
end of line (alarm). Error 544 : Yellow
Image Drum Life
When the cover is opened/closed, it Error 545 : Magenta
%COLOR% changes to the warning status. Error 546 : Cyan
Error 547 : Black
Error 350 : Yellow 350
Please see HELP for details Error 351 : Magenta 351 Check Image Drum Off Blink Indicates that the image drum is not Error
Error 352 : Cyan 352 installed normally.
Error 353 : Black 353 %COLOR%
Error 340 : Yellow 340
Install New Image Drum Off Blink Informs the image drum has reached Error Error 341 : Magenta 341
end of line (alarm). Error 342 : Cyan 342
Image Drum Life Please see HELP for details
It is displayed until the image drum is Error 343 : Black 343
%COLOR% replaced.
Check Fuser Unit Off Blink Indicates that the fuser is not installed Error
Error 560 : Yellow 560 normally. 320
Please see HELP for details Error 561 : Magenta 561
Error 562 : Cyan 562
Error 563 : Black 563

Install New Fuser Unit Off Blink Informs the image drum has reached Error Please see HELP for details
Fuser Unit Life end of line. This error is issued when 354
Check Belt Unit Off Blink Indicates that the belt is not installed Error
the counter detects that the fuser has
normally. 330
reached end of life. Print is stopped.
When the cover is opened/closed, it
Please see HELP for details changes to the warning status.
Please see HELP for details
Install New Belt Unit Belt Off Blink Informs that the transfer has reached Error
Unit Life end of line. This error is issued when 355 Close Cover Off Blink Indicates that the cover is open. Error
the counter detects that the belt has
%COVER% Error 310 : Top Cover 310
reached end of life. Print is stopped.
Error 311 : Front Cover 311
When the cover is opened/closed, it
Error 316 : Duplex Unit 316
Please see HELP for details changes to the warning status.
Please see HELP for details
Install New Belt Unit Off Blink Indicates that the waster toner is full. Error
Belt Unit Life It changes to the warning status after 356 Wait a Moment Off Blink Indicates that reception of the NIC Error
the cover is opened and closed only program data for upgrading is in
Program Data Receiving
once. This error is issued again after progress.
500 copies are printed.
Please see HELP for details Wait a Moment Off Off Indicates that reception of the Error
Program Data Received OK NIC program data for upgrading is
complete.

44205301TH Rev.1 142 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

ON ON
Inspection Inspection
Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn Display on operator panel LINE Contents Code nnn
lamp lamp
lamp lamp
Check Data Off On Indicates that an error has occurred Error Turn off power Off Off Indicates that the shut-down process Error
Program Data Receive during reception of the NIC program Shutdown completed of a printer is complete.
Error <nnn> data for upgrading. (The LCD backlight turns off.)
%DLCODE%
Power Off and Wait for a Off Blink Dew condensation error (This error Fatal
1: Size error while is handled in the same way as the 126
2: Checksum error service call error though display only
126:Condensing Error
3: Printer model number error is different.)
4: Module I/F version error *The Fatal Errors are not supported
5: FAT version error by the various languages.
Wait a Moment Off Blink Indicates that writing of the NIC Error Power Off/On Off Blink Indicates that a fatal error has Fatal
Program Data Writing program data for upgrading is in occurred. <nnn>
progress. nnn:Fatal Error
For detailed contents, refer to
"Service Calls List".
Power Off/On Off Off Indicates that writing of the NIC Error
*The Fatal Errors are not supported
Program Data Written OK program data for upgrading is in
by the various languages.
complete.
Check Data Off On Indicates that an error has occurred Error Service Call Off Blink Indicates that a fatal error has Fatal
during writing of the NIC program nnn:Fatal Error occurred. <nnn>
Program Data Write Error For detailed contents, refer to
<nnn> data for upgrading.
"Service Calls List".
%DLCODE% *The Fatal Errors are not supported
1: Memory allocation error by the various languages.
2: Download file error
3: Device free space acquisition error Service Call Off Blink Indicates that a fatal error has Fatal
4: Device insufficient free space error nnn:Fatal Error * occurred. 096
5: File write error For detailed contents, refer to 231
6: CU-F/W mismatch error "Service Calls List". 128
The asterisk mark "*" indicates the 168
Wait a Moment Off On Indicates the reboot of the controller Error detailed information. 169
Rebooting <n> unit is progress. *The Fatal Errors are not supported
%CODE% is a decimal value (single by the various languages.
digit) indicating cause of the reboot.
Power Off/On Off Blink Indicates that a fatal error has Fatal
=0....Reboot that is resulted from a occurred. 002
nnn:Fatal Error
cause other than the below. For detailed contents, refer to
PC:nnnnnnnn "Service Calls List". 011,
=1....Reboot by the PJL command
LR:nnnnnnnn "nnnnnnnn" indicates the detailed F0C
=2....Reboot caused by the menu
change FR:nnnnnnnn information. F0D
*The Fatal Errors are not supported FFE
=4....Reboot caused by the network by the various languages. FFF
utilities (including web)
Power Off/On Off Blink Indicates failure of the Media table Fatal
Shutting down Off Off Indicates that a printer is shutting Error downloading to PU. 209
down. 209:Download Error
(Custom Media Type related)
The shut-down process is started by *The Fatal Errors are not supported
pressing the BACK button for more by the various languages.
than 4 seconds upon completion of
printer initialization process.

44205301TH Rev.1 143 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 7-1-2 Service Call Error List Display Cause Error details Remedial measure
Display Cause Error details Remedial measure Restart the printer. Engine I/F Is the CU/PU assembly installed No Re-install the
072: Error. Xx Error. normally? CU/PU assembly
Restart the printer. CPU If the RAM DIMM Yes normally.
Exception is installed, remove I/F error
002: Error~ between PU Replace the CU/PU
it and turn off the Does the printer recover from No board.
007: Error power of the printer and CU
the error when the CU board is
009: Error~ and back on. replaced?
011: Error Does the error display recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU
board. Restart the printer. Video Error Is the CU/PU assembly installed No Re-install the
No Re-install the RAM Error is normally? CU/PU assembly
073: Error xxxxxxxx
DIMM. detected normally.
Replace the RAM when Yes Change the PC
DIMM. expanding the with another
video data. PC having high
Service call CU ROM Turn off the power specifications, or
Hash Check of the printer and (Illegal data is
020: Error received.) alternately reduce
Error back on. resolution power
Does the error display recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU and execute the
board. print again.
Service call CU RAM Turn off the power Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/
Check Error of the printer and PU board.
030: Error
back on.
Does the error display recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU Replace the
board. interface cable.
Re-install the PC
Service call CU Optional Is installation of the RAM DIMM No Re-install the RAM printer driver.
031: Error RAM Check normal? DIMM.
Error Does the printer recover from Yes Replace the RAM Is the CU/PU assembly installed No Re-install the
the error when the RAM DIMM No DIMM. normally? Yes CU/PU assembly
is replaced? Replace the CU/PU normally.
board. Execute the print
again.
Service call CU EEPROM Turn off the power Does this error recur? Yes Print any other
040: Error Error of the printer and data.
back on. Does the error depend on print No Replace the CU/
Does the error display recur? Yes Replace the CU/PU data? PU board.
board. Yes Send the data to
design division and
Service call CU Flash Turn off the power request analysis of
041: Error Error. Does the error display recur? Yes of the printer and the data.
Flash ROM back on.
Error on the Replace the CU/PU Restart the printer. Video Error Is the CU/PU assembly installed No Re-install the
CU/PU board board. 074: Error xxxxxxxx Error is normally? CU/PU assembly
detected Yes normally.
075: Error xxxxxxxx
Service call Flash File Failed to access to the Flash Turn off the power when Replace the CU/
System Error ROM that is directly soldered to of the printer and expanding the PU board.
042: Error~
043: Error the CU/PU board. back on. video data.
045: Error Replace the CU/PU
board.

44205301TH Rev.1 144 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display Cause Error details Remedial measure Display Cause Error details Remedial measure

Service call Parameter Either EEPROM or Flash ROM Turn the printer Service call Environment Turn off the power
081: Error integrity cannot read/write normally. power off and then 123: Error humidity is of the printer and
check back on. If the error abnormal./ back on.
symptom remains Humidity Does this error recur? Yes Replace the control
unchanged, sensor is not panel board.
replace the CU/PU connected.
board.
Service call Environment Turn off the power
Service call Read/write Turn off the power 124: Error temperature of the printer and
104: Error error of Does this error recur? Yes of the printer and is abnormal. back on.
the engine back on. Does this error recur? Yes Replace the control
EEPROM is Replace the CU/ panel board.
PU board.
detected.
Service call Dew This error can easily occur After leaving a
Service call Engine control Turn off the power 126: Error condensation when a printer is brought in to printer under room
106: Error logic has an of the printer and of the printer indoor from outdoor. temperature, turn
error. back on. is detected. Leave the printer for 2 hours on the power
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/ or half day under room again.
PU board. temperature, and turn on the Yes Replace the control
power again. panel board.
Service call Duplex unit for Is the Duplex unit for that No Install the correct Does this error recur?
111: Error other model is specific model installed? duplex unit.
detected. Service call Fuser exhaust Is the fan connector connected No Re-connect it
127: Error fan error normally? normally.
Service call 2nd tray for Is the 2nd tray for that specific No Install the correct Yes Replace the fan
112: Error other model is model installed? 2nd tray. motor.
detected. Does this error recur? No Replace the CU/
PU board.
Service call 3rd tray for Is the 3rd tray for that specific No Install the correct
113: Error other model is model installed? 3rd tray. Service call ID cooling fan Is the fan connector connected No Re-connect it
detected. error normally? normally.
128: Error
Yes Replace the fan
Service call High voltage Is the cable connecting the CU/ No Re-connect them motor.
121: Error power supply PU board to the high voltage normally. Does this error recur? No Replace the CU/
interface error. unit connected normally? Yes Check for defective PU board.
Have you checked defective contact of the high
contact of contactor points? voltage system. Service call LED head Is the LED head connected No Install the LED
No Replace the high detection normally? head unit normally.
131: Error~
voltage power error Yes Check the LED
Note) 134: Error
supply. (131=Y, HEAD fuse.
132=M, Is the LED HEAD fuse brown? Yes After checking fuse
Service call Low voltage Is the fan (bottom right of the No Check for sure 133=C, Does this error recur? No Turn on the power
122: Error power supply front) of the low voltage power connection of the 134=K) again.
fan error supply block working? fan connector. Yes For the method of
Yes Replace the CU/ checking the LED
PU board. head unit fuse,
Is the fan connector connected No Replace the fan refer to section 7.6.
normally? motor.
Yes Service call ID Up/Down Is the ID unit caught by anything Yes Re-install the ID
142: Error position when it is removed and re- unit.
detection installed? No Turn on the power
error again.
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the ID
UP/DOWN sensor.

44205301TH Rev.1 145 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display Cause Error details Remedial measure Display Cause Error details Remedial measure

Service call The ID unit Is the ID unit installed normally? No Re-install the ID Service call Thermistor Is the error message displayed? Turn on the power
150: Error~ fuse has Does this error recur? unit. 167: Error Slope Error Does this error recur? again.
153: Error blown out. Does the printer recover from Yes Turn on the power Yes After leaving a
(150=Y, the error when the PU/PRZ Yes again. printer for 30
151=M, board is replaced? After checking minutes, turn on
152=C, for the sure the power again.
153=K) connection of the
cable between Service call Compensation Is the error message displayed? Turn on the power
No PRZ board and 168: Error Thermistor Does this error recur? again.
CU/PU board, Note) Error
Yes After leaving a
replace the PRZ printer for 30
board. minutes, turn on
Replace the CU/ the power again.
PU board.
Service call Short-circuit or Turn on the power
Service call The belt unit Is the belt unit connected No Re-install the belt 170: Error open-circuit of again.
154: Error fuse has normally? unit. 171: Error fuser thermistor Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
blown out. Yes Turn on the power Note) is detected. unit.
again.
Does this error recur? Yes After checking Service call The fuser Turn on the power
for the sure cable 172: Error thermistor again.
connection, 173: Error has detected Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
replace the CU/PU an abnormal unit.
board. temperature Does this error recur? Yes Replace the low
(high voltage power
Service call The fuser Is the fuser unit installed No After cleaning temperature supply unit.
155: Error unit fuse has normally? the connecting or low
blown out. connector of the temperature.)
fuser unit, re-install
the fuser unit. Service call The backup Turn on the power
Turn on the power 174: Error roller again.
again. thermistor is Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
Does this error recur? Yes After checking detected of its unit.
for the sure cable short-circuit.
connection, (At high
Yes replace the CU/PU temperature)
board.
Service call The backup Turn on the power
Service call Toner sensor Is the toner cartridge installed? No Install the toner 175: Error roller again.
160: Error~ detection cartridge. Note) thermistor Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
163: Error error. Is the lock lever of the toner No Rotate the lock is detected unit.
(160=Y, set? lever of toner to the of its open-
161=M, lock position. circuit. (At low
162=C, Turn on the power temperature)
163=K) This again.
error does Does this error recur? Yes Replace the toner
not occur with sensor assembly.
the default
settings.

44205301TH Rev.1 146 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display Cause Error details Remedial measure Display Cause Error details Remedial measure

Service call The backup Turn on the power Re-start the printer. CU program Illegal processing is executed After turning off
176: Error roller again. 203: Error error by the CU program. the power, check
177: Error thermistor Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser 204: Error (The error for the normal
has detected unit. 207: Error numbers connection CU/
an abnormal Does this error recur? Yes Replace the low 208: Error 203 through PU board. Then,
temperature voltage power 214: Error 214 do not turn on the power
(high supply unit. FOC: Error occur under again.
temperature FFF: Error the normal
or low operation.)
temperature.)
Service call RFID Reader RFID read device error Yes Check for normal
Service call Option unit Turn on the power 230: Error not Installed connection of the
181: Error I/F error again. RFID R/W board.
182: Error (181=Duplex Does this error recur? Yes Check for sure Does this error recur? Yes Replace the RFID
183: Error Unit, connection of the R/W. Replace the
182=2nd Tray, connectors. CU/PU board.
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the option
183=3rd Tray) unit. Service call RFID reader Interface error with the RFID 01: Same as the
231: Error I/F error reader is detected. error no. 230
Re-start the printer. System Turn on the power 01: Communication error 02: Replace the
190: Error memory again. between the RFID reader RFID R/W
overflow Does this error recur? Yes Increase the add- and the engine circuit board.
on RAM DIMM. boards. 03: Check for
Service call PU Firmware Error has occurred during re- After turning 02: Error in the wireless circuit normal
200: Error~ Download writing of the PU firmware. on the power of the RFID reader connection of
202: Error Error again, perform 03: Communication error the antenna
downloading between the RFID reader cable.
again. (This error and the toner cartridge. 04: Check if
does not occur 04: Error is detected in the RFID quantity of the
during the normal toner cartridge. toner cartridge
operation because (In more than 4) is correct or
this processing is not.
not carried out.)
Re-start the printer. Abnormal Is the cable from belt thermistor No Re-connect the
Re-start the printer. Custom Custom Media Type table After turning 901: Error~ temperature to the high voltage board cables normally.
209: Download Error Media downloading has failed. on the power 904: Error of belt connected normally? Yes Turn on the power
Type table again, perform 901: Short- again.
downloading downloading Note) Does this error recur? No Replace the belt
circuit
has failed. again. (This error 902: Open thermistsor.
does not occur circuit
during the normal 903: High
operation because temperature
this processing is 904: Low
not carried out.) temperature

44205301TH Rev.1 147 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Display Cause Error details Remedial measure Display Cause Error details Remedial measure

Re-start the printer. Duplex Fan error inside the Duplex unit. Check if the Duplex Service call Detection An unsupported toner cartridge Replace it with an
918: Error FAN Alarm unit is installed 984: Error~ of an has been detected. appropriate toner
Caution normally or not. cartridge.
987: Error unsupported 984:Black toner cartridge
Check if the fans toner
Does the error recur when the Yes are installed position
cartridge
power is turned off once and normally or not. 985:Yellow toner cartridge
back on? position
Replace the fan. 986:Magenta toner cartridge
Does the error recur when the Yes position
power is turned off once and
back on? 987:Cyan toner cartridge
position
Re-start the printer. Black image The K ID does not rotate Check if the K ID is
drum lock normally. installed normally WDT ERROR PU firmware Turn on the power
923: Error
error or not. R14=×××××××× runaway again.
Does the error display recur Yes Replace the K ID Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/
when the power is turned off unit. PU board.
once and back on? Yes Replace the K ID
motor. COMMUNICATION I/F error Is the CU/PU assembly installed No Re-install the
ERROR between PU normally? CU/PU assembly
Service call Fuser motor Fuser does not rotate normally. Check if the and CU normally.
lock error fuser is installed Yes Replace the CU/
928: Error
normally or not. PU board.
Yes Replace the fuser. Does this error recur? No
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
motor. ASIC ERROR DCON access Does this error recur? Yes Replace the CU/
error PU board.
Service call Media Media has wrapped around the Turn off the power.
wrapped fuser. Note! Service calls 168 error, 171 error, 175 error, 903 error and 904 error; These
980: Error Replace the fuser.
around the errors can occur when the printer temperature is below 0 . Turn on the
fuser error
power again after the printer temperature has increased.
Service call 4th tray The 4th tray is installed. Remove the 4th
982: Error detection tray.
error

Service call Error due Two or more toner cartridges of Install the cartridge
983: Error to detection the same color are detected. of the specified
of the toner in the specified
cartridges position.
of the same
color

44205301TH Rev.1 148 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2 Preparation for troubleshooting (8-4) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper
inside the Duplex unit.................................................................................170
(1) LCD display error.................................................................................................149 (8-5) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller....................170
(1-1) LCD does not display anything..................................................................149
(9) Paper size error (error code 400).........................................................................170
(1-2) PLEASE WAIT...........................................................................................150
(9-1) Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor.....................170
(1-3) Error messages related to Operator Panel are displayed..........................150
(1-4) "RAM check in progress" or "Initializing" display is kept appearing...........150 (10) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call 140 to 143)..................................................171
(10-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit.................................171
(2) Abnormal operations of printer after the power is turned on................................151
(10-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit.............................171
(2-1) Any operation does not start at all.............................................................151
(2-2) Abnormal sound is heard...........................................................................151 (11) Fuser unit error (error 170 to 177)........................................................................172
(2-3) Bad odors are generated...........................................................................152 (11-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on..............................172
(2-4) Rise-up time is slow...................................................................................152 (11-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on.......................172

(3) Paper feed jam (error code 391: 1st tray).............................................................159 (12) Motor fan error (error code 122, 127, 128, 918, 051)..........................................173
(3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (1st tray)................159 (12-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately
(3-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (1st tray)............159 after the power is turned on.......................................................................173
(12-2) Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing...............................173
(4) Feed jam (error code 380)...................................................................................161
(12-3) All fans of the printer do not rotate.............................................................173
(4-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on................................161
(4-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started............................161 (13) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.)............................................................174
(13-1) Print speed decreases...............................................................................174
(5) Paper feed jam (error code 390: Multipurpose tray).............................................162
(5-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (14) Option unit cannot be recognized.........................................................................174
(Multipurpose tray).....................................................................................162 (14-2) Option try unit cannot be recognized.........................................................174
(5-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started. (15) LED head cannot be recognized. (error code 131, 132, 133, 134)......................175
(Multipurpose tray).....................................................................................163 (15-1) Service call 131 to 134 (LED HEAD Missing)............................................175
(6) Paper running jam (error code 381:)....................................................................164 (16) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (error code 540, 541, 542, 543) .............176
(6-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on................................164 (16-1) Error caused by the consumable items......................................................176
(6-2) Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer........................164 (16-2) Error caused by the toner sensor..............................................................176
(6-3) Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path........................................165 (16-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism.................................................177
(6-4) Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser......................166 (17) Fuse cut error (error codes 150 to 155) ..............................................................177
(7) Paper unloading jam (error code 382).................................................................166 (17-1) Fuse cut error............................................................................................177
(7-1) Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. .................. 166 (18) Humidity sensor error (error code 123)................................................................178
(7-2) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer..................167 (18-1) Humidity sensor error................................................................................178
(7-3) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path. . ..........168
(19) Wiring diagram.....................................................................................................179
(8) Two-sided printing jam (error code: 370, 371, 372, 373, 383)..............................168
(8-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on... 168 Note! When replacing the CU/PU board, read the EEPROM chip contents of the
(8-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper old board first, and copy them to the new board upon completion of the
into Duplex unit..........................................................................................169 replacement. (Refer to section 5.4.1 Precautions when replacing the engine
(8-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper...............169 control board.)

44205301TH Rev.1 149 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (1) LCD display error Action to be taken


Check item Check work
Memo For the numbers from through after name of the respective connectors, at NG
refer to section 7.5.2 (19) "Wiring diagram". (1-1-3) Check the peripherals of the power supplies

(1-1) LCD does not display anything. Primary AC power Check the supplied voltage of the AC power Supply the AC
source that is source. power.
connected to the
Action to be taken printer.
Check item Check work
at NG
Voltage setting of Measure the AC voltage supplied. 
Set the low
(1-1-1) Check the fuse. the lower voltage Check the power voltage setting of the voltage power
power supply unit equipment in use. supply setting.
F3,F5 (fuse) of the Check if F3,F5 has blown out or not. 
Replace CU/PU (100V system/230V (Check the shorting plug that is used for
CU/PU board board. system) selection of the voltage power supplies.)
Shorting plug is Used/Not used = 100V system/
230V system.
(1-1-2) Check the system connection
5V power that is Check for the 5V power supply at pin-1, 2, 3 of Replace the low
Connection between Check if the cable from the low voltage power Re-connect the supplied to the CU/ the POWER connector of the CU/PU board. voltage power
the low voltage supply to the POWER connector of the CU/ cable normally. PU board. supply.
power supply unit PU board is normally connected or not.
and the CU/PU Check if the connector is connected only in the 3.3V power that Check for the 3.3V power supply at pin-11 of the Replace F2
board. half-way or not, and check if the connector is is supplied to the CN connector of the Operator Panel board. or the CU/PU
inserted in slanted angle or not. Operator Panel. board.

Cable assembly Check if the cable is half-open circuit. Replace the (1-1-4) Check that power supply circuit has no short-circuit.
connecting the low Check if sheath of the cable has not peeled off cable with the
voltage power supply or not. normal cable. 5V power and 24V Check that power supply circuit has no short- Replace the part
unit and the CU/PU Check if the cable assembly is defective such as power that are circuit at the POWER connector no. 10 of the causing short-
board. internal wires are disconnected or not. Note! supplied to the CU/ CU/PU board. The follow voltage must appear circuit.
PU board. respectively.
pins-7, 8 and 9: 24V
Connection between Check if the 11-conductor FFC is connected Re-connect the pin-1, 2 and 3: 5V
the CU/PU board to the OPE connector of the CU/PU board cable normally. pin-4, 5 and 6: 0VL
and Operator Panel normally or not. pins-10, 11 and 12: 0VP
Check if the 11-conductor FFC is connected If any voltage does not appear and short-circuit
to the OPE connector of the CU/PU board is detected, locate the source of the short-circuit
normally or not. as follows:
Check if the connector is connected in the half- Disconnect the cables that are connected to
way only or not, and check if the connector is the CU/PU board one cable after another until
inserted in a slanted angle or not. location of the short-circuit is found out.

FFC connecting the Check if the cable has open circuit or not with Replace the FFC
CU/PU board and VOM. Check if sheath of the cable has not with the normal
the Operator Panel peeled off or not by visual inspection. FFC.
board

44205301TH Rev.1 150 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken (1-4) "RAM check in progress" or "Initializing" display is kept appearing.
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(1-1-5) LSI operation check at NG

I/F signal supplied Check if the signal is output to the OPE Replace the (1-4-1) Operator Panel display freezes.
from the CU/PU connector of the CU/PU board or not. CU/PU board.
board to the Operator Panel "RAM check in progress" or "Initializing" display Replace the
Pin-2: Send data (Sending data from the CU/PU display is kept appearing. ROM DIMM of
Operator Panel board)
board. CU, or replace
Pin-5: CLR the CU/PU
If it is normal, the signal is output always. board.
Remove the
I/F signal supplied Check if the signal is output to the OPE Replace the optional RAM
from the CU/PU connector of the CU/PU board or not. Operator Panel and SD Memory
board to the Pin-3: Send data (Sending data from the CU/PU board. card. Then
Operator Panel board) perform the
board. check.
If it is normal, the signal is output always. If the check
result shows
NG, replace the
CU/PU board.
(1-2) PLEASE WAIT
(If the message is left attended, the error number changes to "COMMUNICATION ERROR".)

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(1-2-3) Implement version upgrade of the PU firmware

Version upgrade of When the PU firmware version upgrade is If the message


the PU firmware completed, this display appears. reappears after
Check the PU firmware version number by using the power is re-
the menu print or the maintenance function. started again,
implement the
confirmations of
sections (1-3-1).

(1-3) Error messages related to Operator Panel are displayed.

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(1-3-1) Error message

Error message Check the error contents by referring to the Error Follow the
Message List. instruction.

44205301TH Rev.1 151 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (2) Abnormal operations of printer after the power is turned on (2-2) Abnormal sound is heard.
(2-1) Any operation does not start at all.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (2-2-1) Check loss of synchronization of motor (Driver error)
(2-1-1) Check the peripherals of the power supplies
Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. CU/PU board.
Primary AC power Check the supplied voltage of the AC power Supply the AC motors Check if any load exists or not.
source that is source. power. "Buzzer" sound when an error occurs.
connected to the
printer.
Condition of the Check for normal wiring conditions of the Replace the
motor cable respective motors. motor cable.
Voltage setting of Measure the AC voltage supplied. Set the low Perform the visual check and measure resistance Re-connect the
the lower voltage Check the power voltage setting of the voltage power at open circuit with VOM as follows. cable for normal
power supply unit equipment in use. supply setting. Remove the motor cable at the board end. conditions.
(100V system/230V (Check the shorting plug that is used for Measure resistance between the respective pins
system) selection of the voltage power supplies. [CN6]) of the removed cable and FG with VOM.
Shorting plug is Used/Not used = 100V system/
230V system.
(2-2-2) Check loss of synchronization of motor (Abnormal load of the consumable item)
5V power and 24V Check the power supply voltages at the POWER Replace the low
Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the
power that are connector of the CU/PU board. The follow voltage power
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. corresponding
supplied to the CU/ voltage must appear respectively. supply.
motors Check if any load exists or not. consumable
PU board. Pins-7, 8 and 9: 24V "Buzzer" sound when an error occurs. item.
Pin-1, 2 and 3: 5V If any attempt
Pin-4, 5 and 6: 0VL of using new
Pins-10, 11 and 12: 0VP part as a trial
is going to be
(2-1-2) Check the system connection made, be sure to
use the System
Connection condition Check contents of (1-1). Follow the Maintenance
of Operator Panel Any operation of a printer will not start until the contents of (1-1). Menu FUSE
Operator Panel is detected and is started of its KEEP MODE.
operation.

44205301TH Rev.1 152 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken (2-3) Bad odors are generated.


Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(2-2-3) Check the jumping phenomena of gear tooth. (Abnormal load of the consumable item) at NG

Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the (2-3-1) Locating the exact position of generating bad odor
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. corresponding
motors Check if any load exists or not. consumable Fuser unit Remove the fuser unit and check the odor. Implement
"Buzz buzz" sound is generated when an error item. section (2-3-2).
occurs. If any attempt
of using new Low voltage power Remove the low voltage power supply unit and Replace the low
part as a trial supply unit check the odor. voltage power
is going to be supply unit
made, be sure to
use the System (2-3-2) Check conditions of the fuser unit
Maintenance
Menu FUSE Life count of fuser 
Check the life count of the fuser unit by using the 
The fuser close
KEEP MODE. unit self-diagnostic mode. to the new fuser
unit smells some
Installation condition Check by visual inspection if the respective Replace an odors.
of each consumable consumable items are installed in their normal appropriate
item positions in which gears of the consumable items mechanical part Check that no Check that no foreign materials such as paper Remove the
engage accurately or not. as required, or foreign material are stuck inside of the fuser unit. foreign material.
adjust or repair exists in fuser unit.

(2-2-4) Check the wiring conditions of cables

Wiring conditions Check if the cable contacts with the fan blade  orrect the
C (2-4) Rise-up time is slow.
of the cables in because wiring conditions of the cables near fan wiring conditions
the vicinity of the is poor or not. of the cable. Action to be taken
respective cooling "Clap, clap" sound is generated when an error Check item Check work
at NG
fans occurs.
(2-4-1) Check the fuser unit
(2-2-5) Check installation condition of mechanical parts
Halogen lamp Check that 120V or 230V is shown on the label 
Replace the
Check the Remove the CU/PU board, and inspect the  they are not
If on the rear of the fuser unit. fuser unit.
installation installation conditions of the partition plate by hooked on the (120V:ODA/TWN,230V:ODA/OEL/KOREA/
conditions of the visual inspection. normal specified CHINA)
partition plate under positions, correct
the CU/PU boards. them. (2-4-2) Check the optional parts Note:

Add-on memory Install the optional parts (add-on memory) again 


Replace the
and re-check the operations. optional part.

SD Memory card Install the optional part (SD Memory card) again 
Replace the
and re-check the operations. optional part.

Note! If any troubles such as printer does not start up normally occurs, remove
the CU options (RAM, SD Memory card) and check if the trouble symptom
changes or not.

44205301TH Rev.1 153 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Paper Jams JAM location of occurrence outline chart

When paper jams occur or paper remains in the printer, "Paper Jam", or "Paper Remain"
is displayed on the operation panel.
J7 J9
By pressing the Help button, a method to remove the paper is displayed, remove the (390:MISS FEED AT
(382:EXIT)
paper in the printer according to [Handling]. J13 FRONTFEEDER)

In addition, A method to remove paper is also described in the reference page at the right (385:Around Fuser Unit) J5(380:FEED)
J8 J6 J12(400:PAPER
table. (383:DUPLEX EXITsensor (381:TRANSPORT) SIZE ERROR)
ENTRY) WR sensor

Open Cover DUP-IN


Paper Jam sensor
Top Cover

Please see HELP for details


DUP-F sensor IN2 sensor
IN1sensor

By pressing this button, a method to remove paper is displayed. J10


(391:TRAY1)

Message to be displayed Reference page


J1 DUP-B sensor
Open Cassette 2nd-IN
(370:DUPLEX
Paper Jam SENSOR
REVERSAL) J3
[Tray Name] J4
Page 155 (373:MULTIFEED IN (372:MISS FEED AT DUPLEX)
Open Cassette DUPLEX UNIT) J2
Paper Remain (371:DUPLEX INPUT)
[Tray Name] J11
(392:TRAY2)
Open Cover
Paper Jam
Front Cover
Page 156
Open Cover
Paper Remain
Front Cover

Open Cover
Paper Jam
Top Cover
Page 157
Open Cover
Paper Remain
Top Cover

Check Duplex Unit


Paper Jam
Page 159
Check Duplex Unit
Paper Remain

44205301TH Rev.1 154 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Return the tray to the printer.


Open Cassette Open Cassette
Paper Remain Paper Jam
[Tray Name] [Tray Name]

When the above messages are displayed.


Tray1 is applied here as an example.

(1) Pull the displayed tray.

(4) Open and close the top cover.

(2) Remove paper.

OPEN button

44205301TH Rev.1 155 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Close the front cover.


Open Cover Open Cover
Paper Remain Paper Jam
Front Cover Front Cover

When the above messages are displayed.

(1) Open the multipurpose tray.

Front cover

(5) Close the multipurpose tray.

Multipurpose tray

(2) Push up the center handle (blue), to open the front cover.

Front cover

(3) Slowly pull out the jammed paper.


If you see the top edge of paper If you do not see the top edge of paper

44205301TH Rev.1 156 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) 2Uninstall the four image drum cartridges and put them on a flat table.
Open Cover Open Cover
Paper Remain Paper Jam
Top Cover Top Cover

When the above messages are displayed.

(1) Open the top cover.

(4) Cover the uninstalled image drum cartridges with black paper.

OPEN button

(5) (a) If you see the top edge of paper


(2) Touch the screw with a hand to discharge static.
Pull up the jammed paper slowly.
Screw

44205301TH Rev.1 157 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(b) If you do not see the top edge of paper Set the fuser unit in the printer body and fold backward the lock lever (2
Pull up the jammed paper slowly while pushing the jam release lever of the fuser levers).
Lock lever of the fuser unit(Blue)
unit.

Handle

Lock lever of the fuser unit(Blue)

(c) If paper is jammed in the fuser unit


(6) Set four image drums in the printer.
Pull the lock levers (2 levers) of the fuser unit to remove the fuser unit.

Handle

Lock lever of the fuser unit(Blue)

Pull the jammed paper to the front side while pressing the jam release lever.

Jam release lever (7) Close the top cover.

44205301TH Rev.1 158 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Close the Duplex unit cover.


Check Duplex Unit Check Duplex Unit
Paper Remain Paper Jam

When the above messages are displayed.

(1) Hold and press down the jam release lever of the Duplex unit to open the Duplex
unit cover.

Duplex print cover

Jam release lever

(2) Release jammed paper.


If you do not see the paper, by closing the Duplex unit cover, the paper is
automatically outputted.

Duplex unit cover

44205301TH Rev.1 159 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (3) Paper feed jam (error code 391: 1st tray) (3-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (1st tray)
(3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (1st tray)
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (3-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path
(3-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper running path 
Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper 
Remove the
of the front unit running path. jammed paper.
Paper running path Open the front cover check if paper is not Remove the
of the front unit jammed in the paper running path. jammed paper. (3-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

(3-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Check the sensor 


Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
 heck the sensor
C Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the entrance sensor good sensor
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with 1 and the paper lever.
entrance sensor the good sensor entrance sensor 2.
1 and the paper lever.
entrance sensor 2. Check the separator Check if any foreign materials such as paper Remove the
assemblies of the dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the foreign material.
(3-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts feed roller, the pickup roller or not.
pickup roller and the
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally 
Replace either tray. Check if the feed roller or the pickup roller has Replace the
condition of the detected by using the Maintenance Menu the CU/PU board worn out or not. separator
sensor signal. SWITCH SCAN function. or the front assemblies of the
sensor board feed roller, pickup
(RSF PCB) roller and tray.
or connection
cable. (3-2-3) Motor operation check

Check output signal Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor works 
Replace the CU/
level of the paper connector of the CU/PU board. front sensor normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the PU board or the
entrance sensor 1 board (RSF self-diagnostic mode. paper feed motor.
Pin-4: Paper entrance sensor 1
and that of the paper Pin-3: Paper entrance sensor 2 PCB)
entrance sensor 2. Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
Confirm that the above signal levels change driver CU/PU board and check the followings at the CU/PU board.
when the sensor lever is operated. connector side.
Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG.
Check the power Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector Replace the Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG.
voltages supplied of the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG.
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable. Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG.
board (RSF PCB) Pin-5: 0VL

44205301TH Rev.1 160 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken Action to be taken


Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(3-2-4) Check the system connection (3-2-6) Check the system connection

Paper feed motor 


Check the connection condition of the cable. 
Replace the Paper feed clutch 
Check the connection condition of the cable. 
Replace the
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the
way only or not, and check if the connector good cable way only or not, and check if the connector good cable
is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check that normalizes is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check that normalizes
also that cables are assembled without any the connection also that cables are assembled without any the connection
abnormality. condition. abnormality. condition.

Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during 
Replace the Paper feed clutch Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the cable assembling of the printer. solenoid and re-
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ good cable Remove the CL1 connector of the CU/PU assemble the
PU board and check the followings at the cable that normalizes board and check the followings at the cable side. printer correctly.
side. the connection
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG condition.
Remove the CL1 connector of the CU/PU
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG
board and check that approx. 240Ω can be
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
measured between pin-1 and pin-2.
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG

Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ Replace the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be paper feed motor.
measured between pin-1 -pin-2 at the cable end,
and that approx. 5Ω can be measured between
pin-3 -pin-4 respectively.

(3-2-5) Solenoid operation check

Paper feed clutch Confirm that the paper feed clutch or regist Replace the
clutch works normally by using the Motor & CU/PU board,
Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode. or replace the
Remove the metal plate from the right side of a paper feed
printer so that the clutch becomes visible. Then, clutch or regist
check operation of the clutch. clutch.

44205301TH Rev.1 161 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (4) Feed jam (error code 380) (4-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started.
(4-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (4-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

(4-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper running path 
Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper 
Remove the
of the front unit running path. jammed paper.
Paper running path Open the front cover check if paper is not Remove the
of the front unit jammed in the paper running path. jammed paper. (4-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

(4-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Check the sensor 


Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
 heck the sensor
C Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the entrance sensor 1, good sensor
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the that of the paper lever.
entrance sensor 1, good sensor entrance sensor 2
that of the paper lever. and that of the WR
entrance sensor 2 sensor.
and that of the WR
sensor. (4-2-3) Motor operation check

(4-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor works 
Replace the
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the CU/PU board, or
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally 
Replace either self-diagnostic mode. replace the paper
condition of the detected by using the Maintenance Menu the CU/PU board feed motor.
sensor signal. SWITCH SCAN function. or the front
sensor board Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
(RSF PCB) driver CU/PU board and check the followings at the CU/PU board.
or connection connector side.
cable. Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
Check the output Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
signal levels of the connector of the CU/PU board. front sensor Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG
paper entrance Pin-4: Paper entrance sensor 1 board (RSF
sensor 1, that of Pin-3: Paper entrance sensor 2 PCB)
the paper entrance Pin-2: WR sensor
sensor 2 and that of
the WR sensor. Confirm that the above signal levels change
when the sensor lever is operated.

Check the power Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector Replace the
voltages supplied of the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable.
board (RSF PCB) Pin-5: 0VL

44205301TH Rev.1 162 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken 7.5.2. (5) Paper feed jam (error code 390: Multipurpose tray)
Check item Check work
at NG (5-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (Multipurpose tray)
(4-2-4) Check the system connection
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Paper feed motor 
Check the connection condition of the cable. 
Replace the
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the (5-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path
way only or not, and check if the connector good cable
is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check that normalizes
also that cables are assembled without any the connection Paper running path 
Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
abnormality. condition. of the multipurpose running path. jammed paper.
tray
Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during 
Replace the
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the (5-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ good cable
PU board and check the followings at the cable that normalizes Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor 
Replace the
side. the connection levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
condition. entrance sensor 2 good sensor
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG
and the WR sensor. lever.
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG (5-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ Replace the Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace either
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be paper feed motor. condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of the CU/PU board
measured between pin-1 -pin-2 at the cable end, sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. or the front
and that approx. 5Ω can be measured between sensor board
pin-3 -pin-4 respectively. (RSF PCB)
or connection
cable.

Check the sensor Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the
output signal level of connector of the CU/PU board. front sensor
the paper entrance Pin-2: WR sensor board (RSF
sensor 2 and the Pin-3: Paper entrance sensor 2 PCB)
WR sensor.
Confirm that the above signal levels change
when the sensor lever is operated.

Check the power Check the 5V power at the CN connector of Replace the
voltages supplied the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable.
board (RSF PCB) Pin-5: 0VL

44205301TH Rev.1 163 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started. (Multipurpose tray) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (5-2-3) Motor operation check

(5-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor works Replace the
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the CU/PU board,
Paper running path 
Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the self-diagnostic mode. or replace the
of the multipurpose running path. jammed paper. paper feed
tray motor.

Sheet Receive of the 


Confirm that the Sheet Receive has moved up Correct Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
multipurpose tray normally. installation of driver CU/PU board and check the followings at the CU/PU board.
Confirm that the support spindle and spring of the above parts connector side.
the Sheet Receive have been installed in the so that the
Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
specified positions normally. Sheet Receive
Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
moves up to
Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
the specified
Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG
position
normally.
(5-2-4) Check the system connection
(5-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
Paper feed motor Check the connection condition of the cable. 
Replace the
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
way only or not, and check if the connector is good cable
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
inserted in a slanted angle or not. that normalizes
entrance sensor 2 good sensor
Check also that cables are assembled without the connection
and the WR sensor. lever.
any abnormality. condition.
Planetary gear for Rotate the paper feed motor (FRONT MOTOR) Replace the
Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during 
Replace the
paper feed control using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- planetary gear
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the
diagnostic mode, and confirm that both of the box
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ good cable
two planetary gears rotate at the bottom position.
PU board and check the followings at the cable that normalizes
(The planetary gear box can be located because
side. the connection
it is the white molded block that is located on the
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG condition.
right side when the front cover is opened.)
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG
Front cover Confirm that the locks in the right and left of the 
Replace the font Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
front cover are locked normally. cover assembly Short circuit between pin-4 – FG

Check the feed roller Check if any foreign materials such as paper Remove the Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
and the pickup roller. dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the foreign material. CU/PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can paper feed
pickup roller or not. be measured between pin-1 -pin-2, and that motor.
approx. 5Ω can be measured between pin-3
Check if the feed roller has worn out or not. Replace the feed -pin-4 respectively.
roller.

44205301TH Rev.1 164 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (6) Paper running jam (error code 381:) (6-2) Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer.
(6-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (6-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

(6-1-1) Check condition of the running path.  aper running path


P 
Remove the ID unit and check if paper is jammed 
Remove the
on the belt. or not in the paper running path. jammed paper.
Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
of the front unit running path. jammed paper. (6-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

(6-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts  heck the sensor


C 
Check if shape and movement of the sensor 
Replace the
lever of the WR levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
sensor. the good sensor
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
lever.
lever of the WR levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
sensor. the good sensor (6-2-3) Motor operation check
lever.
Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor, belt motor Replace the
(6-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts driver, belt motor and ID motor work normally by using the Motor CU/PU board,
driver and ID motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode. or replace the
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally 
Replace either Check if any load exists or not. defective motor
condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of the CU/PU board among paper
sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. or the front feed motor, belt
sensor board motor and ID
(RSF PCB) motor, or replace
or connection the ID unit or
cable. belt unit.
If any attempt
of using new ID
Check the sensor Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the unit or new belt
lever of the WR connector of the CU/PU board. front sensor unit as a trial
sensor. Pin-2: WR sensor board (RSF is going to be
PCB) made, be sure to
Confirm that the above signal levels change use the System
when the sensor lever is operated. Maintenance
Menu FUSE
Check the power Check the 5V power at the CN connector of Replace the KEEP MODE.
voltages supplied the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable. Paper feed motor, Remove the BELT ID UP connector of the Replace either
board (RSF PCB) belt motor CU/PU board and check the followings at the paper feed
Pin-5: 0VL
connector side. motor, belt motor
Several MΩ between pin-5 – FG or CU/PU board.
Several MΩ between pin-6 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-7 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-8 – FG
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the
CU/PU board and check the followings at the
connector side.
Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG

44205301TH Rev.1 165 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken (6-3) Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path.
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(6-2-4) Check the system connection at NG

Paper feed motor Check the connection condition of the cables. 


Normalize the (6-3-1) Motor operation check
drive cable, ID motor CU/PU board HP_PSZCL connector , DC ID connection
drive cable, belt connector , DCHEAT connector , BELT ID condition. Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor, belt motor Replace the
motor drive cable, UP connector , RELAY connector . Replace the driver, belt motor and ID motor work normally by using the Motor CU/PU board,
ID Up motor drive Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the driver and ID motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode. or replace the
cable, fuser motor way only or not, and check if the connector is normal cable. Check if any load exists or not. defective motor
drive cable inserted in a slanted angle or not. among paper
Check also that cables are assembled without feed motor, belt
any abnormality. motor and ID
motor, or replace
Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the the ID unit or
drive cable, ID motor assembling of the printer. cable with the belt unit.
drive cable, belt Remove the BELT ID UP connector of the good cable If any attempt
motor drive cable, ID CU/PU board and check the followings at the that normalizes of using new ID
Up motor drive cable connector side. the connection unit or new belt
condition. unit as a trial
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG is going to be
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG made, be sure to
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG use the System
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG Maintenance
Short circuit between pin-5 – FG Menu FUSE
Short circuit between pin-6 – FG KEEP MODE.
Short circuit between pin-7 – FG
Short circuit between pin-8 – FG
Paper feed motor, Remove the BELT ID UP connector of the Replace either
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ belt motor CU/PU board and check the followings at the paper feed
PU board and check the followings at the cable connector side. motor, belt motor
side. or CU/PU board.
Several MΩ between pin-5 – FG
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG Several MΩ between pin-6 – FG
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG Several MΩ between pin-7 – FG
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG Several MΩ between pin-8 – FG
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the
CU/PU board and check the followings at the
Paper feed motor, Remove the respective connectors from the 
Replace paper connector side.
belt motor, ID Up board, and confirm that the following resistance feed motor, belt
motor exists between the corresponding pins, at the motor, ID Up Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
cable side. motor. Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
CU/PU board HP_PSZCL connector Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG
Between pin-1 - pin-2 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.
Between pin-3 - pin-4 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.
CU/PU board BELT ID UP connector
Between pin-1 - pin-2 Approx. 6.1Ω or approx. 8.5Ω.
Between pin-3 - pin-4 Approx. 6.1Ω or approx. 8.5Ω.
Between pin-5 - pin-6 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.
Between pin-7 - pin-8 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.

44205301TH Rev.1 166 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6-4) Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser. 7.5.2. (7) Paper unloading jam (error code 382)
(7-1) Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(6-4-1) Motor operation check at NG

(7-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path


Fuser motor Confirm that the fuser motor works normally 
Replace the
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- CU/PU board.
diagnostic mode. Replace the fuser Paper running path of Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
Check if any load exists or not. motor. the paper unloading running path. jammed paper.
Replace the fuser unit
unit.
If any attempt of (7-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
using new fuser
unit as a trial  heck the sensor
C Check if shape and movement of the sensor 
Replace the
is going to be lever of the paper exit levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
made, be sure to sensor. the good sensor
use the System lever.
Maintenance
Menu FUSE (7-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts
KEEP MODE.
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally 
Replace the
(6-4-2) Temperature control of the roller rotation speed condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of CU/PU board or
sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. EXIT sensor or
Heat roller detected Check the detected temperature of the heat roller Replace fuser its cable or its
temperature using the self-diagnostic mode. Is abnormally unit, or relay connection cable.
high temperature or abnormally temperature board (PRY
detected? PCB) or the Check the output Check for the following signals at the RELAY Replace the EXIT
CU/PU board. signal level of the connector of the CU/PU board. sensor.
If any attempt of EXIT sensor. Pin-9: EXIT sensor
using new fuser
unit as a trial Confirm that the above signal levels change when
is going to be the sensor lever is operated.
made, be sure to
use the System Check the power Check the 5V power voltage at the EXIT Replace the
Maintenance voltages supplied to connector of the relay board. connection cable.
Menu FUSE the relay board. Pin-1: 5V power supply
KEEP MODE. Pin-3: 0VL

(6-4-3) Check the installation condition of fuser unit

Fuser unit Check that the fuser unit is installed normally. Install the fuser
(Is it pushed in down to the bottom-most point?) unit correctly in
a printer.

44205301TH Rev.1 167 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken Action to be taken


Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(7-1-4) Check the system connection (7-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Signal cable for relay Check that FFC is normally inserted at the Normalize the Sensor lever of the Check if shape and movement of the sensor 
Replace the
board, EXIT sensor RELAY connector of the CU/PU board and at connection paper exit sensor levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
cable the good sensor
the PU IF connector . condition. lever.
Check that the relay board and the EXIT sensor
are normally connected.
(7-2-3) Motor operation check
Signal cable for relay Confirm that the cables are not pinched, sheathes Replace the
Fuser motor 
Confirm that the fuser motor works normally Replace the
board, EXIT sensor are not peeled off, and they are assembled connecting cable
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- CU/PU board or
cable normally. and normalize
diagnostic mode. fuser motor or
the assembled
Check if any load exists or not. fuser unit.
condition.
If any attempt of
using new fuser
unit as a trial
(7-2) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer. is going to be
made, be sure to
Action to be taken use the System
Check item Check work Maintenance
at NG
Menu FUSE
(7-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path KEEP MODE.

Face Up Stacker Confirm that it is either fully opened or fully Eliminate any (7-2-4) Check the system connection
Cover closed in-between
condition of the Fuser motor drive Check the connection condition of the cables. Replace the
cover between cable CU/PU board DCHEAT connector , Check if cable with the
the fully open the connector is connected in the half-way only good cable
position and fully or not, and check if the connector is inserted in a that normalizes
closed position. slanted angle or not. Check also that cables are the connection
assembled without any abnormality. condition.
Duplex pull-in gate Confirm that the Duplex pull-in gate works Replace the
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the Duplex pull- Fuser motor 
Replace the
self-diagnostic mode. in gate or the fuser motor.
Is it set to the paper unloading side normally? Duplex solenoid

Rear panel Check that the installation condition of the rear Remove the rear
panel hampers smooth movement of a paper in panel and re-
the paper running path, or not. install it.

Paper running path Check that any mechanical load does not exist Correct the
of unloading unit that hampers the smooth movement of paper in portion that
the paper running path of the paper unloading becomes
unit, by the visual inspection. mechanical load.
Check if the paper unloading motor becomes
difficult to rotate or not.

44205301TH Rev.1 168 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(7-3) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path. 7.5.2. (8) Two-sided printing jam (error code: 370, 371, 372, 373, 383)
(8-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(7-3-1) Motor operation check at NG

(8-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path


Fuser motor Confirm that the fuser motor works normally Replace the
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- CU/PU board or
diagnostic mode. fuser motor or Paper running path 
Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
Check if any load exists or not. fuser unit. of the Duplex unit running path. jammed paper.
If any attempt of Open the front cover and check if any paper
using new fuser remains in the Duplex feeder or not.
unit as a trial Open the rear cover and check if any paper
is going to be remains in the paper reversing path or not.
made, be sure to Remove the Duplex unit. Check if any paper
use the System exists in the Duplex insertion slot or not. Open
Maintenance the cover of the Duplex paper running path and
Menu FUSE check if any paper remains inside of the Duplex
KEEP MODE. unit.

(8-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
levers of the levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
respective sensors the good sensor
of the Duplex unit. lever.

(8-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally 
Replace the
condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplex board
sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. (V7Y PCB),
For all sensors except the Dup-IN sensor, check or replace the
the detection condition of the respective sensor defective sensor
in the two status: One is the status in which or connection
paper remains inside the Duplex unit. The other cable.
is the status in which paper is removed from the
Duplex unit.

44205301TH Rev.1 169 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper into Duplex unit. Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (8-2-4) Motor operation check

(8-2-1) Solenoid operation check Duplex motor Confirm that the Duplex solenoid works normally Replace the V7Y
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- board or motor.
Duplex solenoid Confirm that the Duplex solenoid works normally 
Replace the diagnostic mode.
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- V7Y board or Open the rear cover and check rotation of the
diagnostic mode. solenoid. roller.

Separator DUP Check visually movement of the gate by using Replace the Duplex pull-in/ Check if the pull-in/reversing roller of the Duplex Replace the rear
(Paper unloading/ the Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic separator DUP. reversing roller and unit contacts or not with the pinch roller of the cover.
DUP paper taking- mode. (EXIT SOLENOID) its pinch roller cover side when the Duplex rear cover is closed.
in switching gate Check if movement is unsmooth or not, if amount (Does the pinch roller rotate when the roller is
located immediately of open/close is abnormal or not. rotating?)
after the fuser unit)

ON/OFF timing of While the cover is in the opened state, perform Replace the WR
the Duplex solenoid the test print and confirm if the timing to open sensor lever or (8-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper.
the separator DUP is correct or not. solenoid.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(8-2-2) Sensor lever operation check at NG

Dup-IN sensor lever Open the rear cover. Touch the Dup-IN sensor 
Replace the (8-3-1) Sensor lever operation check
lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or Dup-IN sensor
not. lever Dup-IN sensor lever Open the rear cover. Touch the Dup-IN sensor 
Replace the
lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or Dup-IN sensor
DUP-IN sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the not. lever
detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplex board
the self-diagnostic mode. (V7Y PCB), DUP-IN sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the
or replace the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplex board
defective sensor the self-diagnostic mode. (V7Y PCB),
or connection or replace the
cable. defective sensor
or connection
(8-2-3) Check condition of the paper running path cable.

Paper inverting Check that any foreign materials such as paper Remove the (8-3-2) Motor operation check
transport path chip or blue do not exist that hampers the foreign material.
smooth movement of paper in the paper inverting Duplex motor Check if the paper reversing operation is started 
Replace the
transport path. or not by visual inspection when viewing through planetary gear.
slit of the rear cover.
If the paper reversing operation is not started,
check if movement of the planetary gear inside
the Duplex unit is unsmooth or not.

44205301TH Rev.1 170 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8-4) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper inside the Duplex unit. 7.5.2. (9) Paper size error (error code 400)
(9-1) Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(8-4-1) Sensor lever operation check at NG

(9-1-1) Check paper feed condition


Dup-R, Dup-F Remove the Duplex unit and check movement of Replace the
sensor lever the sensor lever. sensor lever.
Multifeed of papers Open the front cover and check if multifeed of If the multifeed
papers occurs or not. occurs again
(8-4-2) Sensor check
after the
jammed paper
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally 
Replace the is removed,
condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplex board replace the flap
sensor signal the self-diagnostic mode. (V7Y PCB), of the tray in
For all sensors except the Dup-IN sensor, check or replace the use.
the detection condition of the respective sensor defective sensor
in the two status: One is the status in which or connection
Paper size Does the paper size specified for print match the Change the
paper remains inside the Duplex unit. The other cable.
paper size of paper stuck in the tray. specified paper
is the status in which paper is removed from the
size or size of
Duplex unit.
paper inside the
tray.

(8-5) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller. Paper entrance Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
sensor 1 levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
Action to be taken the good sensor
Check item Check work lever.
at NG

(8-5-1) Clutch operation check

Duplex clutch Confirm that the Duplex clutch works normally Replace the V7Y
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- board or clutch.
diagnostic mode. Confirm it by listening to the
sound.

44205301TH Rev.1 171 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (10) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call 140 to 143) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(10-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit at NG

(10-1-3) Sensor check


Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Up/Down sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the left
(10-1-1) Check the mechanical load during the Up movement lever (unified levers have any abnormality or not. link lever.
structure with the left
link lever)
Mechanical load Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when IReplace
 the ID
during installation removing the ID unit. unit, or replace
and removal of the the right/left side Up/Down sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the high
ID unit plate. detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of voltage board.
If any attempt the self-diagnostic mode.
of using new ID Check if the SCAN state changes or not when
unit as a trial the incoming light is interrupted/passed by using
is going to be a piece of paper or the like for the transparent
made, be sure to type sensor.
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE (10-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit
KEEP MODE.
Action to be taken

Greasing to the right 
Check if the slant surface of the link lever is Apply grease. Check item Check work
at NG
and left Up/Down coated by grease or not.
link levers
(10-2-1) Check the mechanical load during the Down movement
Assembled condition Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of Assemble them
of the right and left link lever, that hampers movement of the link correctly.  echanical load
M Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when Replace the ID
Up/Down link levers lever. during installation removing the ID unit. unit, or replace
and removal of the the right/left side
ID unit plate.
(10-1-2) Up/Down mechanism

Assembled condition  the mechanism assembled so that the link


Is 
Assemble them Greasing to the right Check if the slant surface of the link lever is Apply grease.
of the peripheral lever is connected to the planetary driving gear? correctly. and left Up/Down coated by grease or not.
mechanism of the link levers
link lever
Assembled condition Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of Assemble them
Right and left link Check if the link lever is set in the correct Assemble them of the right and left link lever, that hampers movement of the link correctly.
levers position that enables the specified engagement correctly. Up/Down link levers lever.
of gears.
(Check if the link lever is set in the wrong
position that results in the wrong engagement of
gears by several teeth.)

44205301TH Rev.1 172 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (11) Fuser unit error (error 170 to 177) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(11-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on. at NG

(11-2-2) Temperature increase of fuser unit


Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG Installation position  heck if the upper thermistor is installed in the
C Replace the
of the upper far position from the specified position or not fuser unit.
(11-1-1) Thermistor is defective Note) thermistor causing detection of the lower temperature than If any attempt of
the actual temperature of fuser unit. using new fuser
Upper thermistor, Check the respective thermistors if they are Replace the Remove the heater cover, and check warpage of unit as a trial
lower thermistor, shorted or opened internally. fuser unit. sensor by visual inspection. is going to be
frame thermistor Check the resistance value at the connector pins If any attempt of made, be sure to
in the bottom of the fuser unit. using new fuser use the System
(Refer to section 8.1 Resistance check (fuser unit as a trial Maintenance
unit).) is going to be Menu FUSE
made, be sure to KEEP MODE.
use the System
Maintenance 
Installation position The lower thermister must be installed while 
Replace the
Menu FUSE of the lower contacting with the fuser unit. Check if the lower fuser unit.
KEEP MODE. thermistor thermister is installed in the far position from the If any attempt of
specified position or not causing detection of the using new fuser

Installed condition of Check if the fuser nit is pressed in until the 
Re-set the fuser lower temperature than the actual temperature of unit as a trial
fuser unit. connector in the bottom of the fuser unit is surely unit. fuser unit. is going to be
connected. made, be sure to
use the System
Note! Service calls 171 error and 171 error can occur when the printer temperature Maintenance
Menu FUSE
is below 0 . Turn on the power again after the printer temperature has KEEP MODE.
increased.
(11-2-3) AC power input to the halogen lamp

(11-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on.  power voltage
AC Check if the AC voltage for heater is normally 
Replace the low
from the low voltage supplied or not. voltage power
power supply Power supply CN2 connector , between pin-1 supply.
Action to be taken and pin-2, and between pin-3 and pin-4.
Check item Check work
at NG
Heater ON signal Check that the heater ON signal goes active at Replace the
(11-2-1) Temperature increase of fuser unit that is output from the warming up timing, or not. CU/PU board.
Thermostat, halogen 
Heater of the fuser unit is controlled of its Replace the PU to the low voltage "L" active while ON.
lamp temperature. Check if the fuser unit gets hot or fuser unit. power supply Power connector of the CU/PU board,
not by touching it with hands. If any attempt of between pin-14 and pin-15.
If the fuser unit temperature does not increase using new fuser
and remains cold, check that the resistance unit as a trial
between pin-1 and pin-6 of connector A, and that is going to be
in between pin-1 and pin-6 of connector B of the made, be sure to
two connectors is in the range of several ohms to use the System
several ten ohms respectively. (Refer to section Maintenance
8.1 Resistance value (fuser unit).) Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

44205301TH Rev.1 173 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (12) Motor fan error (error code 122, 127, 128, 918, 051) (12-3) All fans of the printer do not rotate.
(12-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (12-3-1) 24V power supply
(12-1-1) Cable connection condition and wiring condition CU/PU board fuses Check if the fuse F1 is not open-circuit or not. 
Replace the
F1 CU/PU board.
Cable connection Check if the connectors are connected normally Correct the
condition and wiring or not. connection 24V power that is Check the power supply voltages at the POWER Replace the low
condition of the Check if extra length of the cables does not condition of supplied to the CU/ connector of the CU/PU board. The follow voltage power
low voltage power touch the fan blade or not. the connectors. PU board. voltage must appear respectively. supply.
supply fan and those Correct the
Pins-7, 8 and 9: 24V
of the fuser fan cable wiring
Pins-10, 11 and 12: 0VP
route. Replace
the fan.

(12-2) Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing.

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(12-1-2) Cable connection condition and wiring condition

Cable connection Check if the connectors are connected normally 


Correct the
condition and wiring or not. connection
condition of the Check if extra length of the cables does not condition of
Duplex fan touch the fan blade or not. the connectors.
Correct the
cable wiring
route. Replace
the fan.
Replace the fan.

24V fuse F501 of the Check if the fuse F501 has blown out or not. Replace the
Duplex board (V7Y Duplex board
PCB) (V7Y PCB).

24V power supplied Check if the fuse F4 of the CU/PU board has Replace the
to the Duplex board blown out or not. CU/PU board.
(V7Y PCB).

44205301TH Rev.1 174 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (13) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.) 7.5.2. (14) Option unit cannot be recognized.
(13-1) Print speed decreases. (14-1) Duplex unit cannot be recognized.

Action to be taken Action to be taken


Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(13-1-2) Media Weight setting (14-1-1) Duplex board

Media Weight that is Check if the wrong Media Weight has been Correct the Duplex unit Check if the Duplex unit of C711 specification is Replace the
specified for the print specified or not. Media Weight. being used or not. Duplex unit.

(14-1-2) Check the system connection

Check the system Check that the cable between the CU/PU board Correct the
connection from the option connector to the Duplex board is connections.
CU/PU board to the normally connected.
Duplex board (V7Y
PCB).

Square connector Check if any foreign material exists in the Remove the
connecting the connecting portion of the square connector. foreign material.
Duplex unit to the
printer.

Square connector Is the terminals of the square connector Replace the


connecting the damaged? connector.
Duplex unit to the
printer.

(14-1-3) Check the control signals.

Check the control Check the control signal that is output from the Replace the
signal that is output CU/PU board option connector . CU/PU board.
from the CU/PU Pin-6: TXD (PU DUP)
board to the Duplex Pin-4: RXD (DUP PU)
board (V7Y PCB).

(14-2) Option try unit cannot be recognized.

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(14-2-1) Option try board

Option try unit Check if the option try unit of C711 specification Replace the
is being used or not. option tray unit.

44205301TH Rev.1 175 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken 7.5.2. (15) LED head cannot be recognized. (error code 131, 132, 133, 134)
Check item Check work
at NG (15-1) Service call 131 to 134 (LED HEAD Missing)
(14-2-2) Check the system connection
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Check the system Check that the cable between the CU/PU board 
Correct the
connection from the option connector to the option tray board is connections. (15-1-1) Check the system connection
CU/PU board to the normally connected.
option tray board
(V7Y PCB). Connecting condition Check the connecting condition of the FFC by 
Correct the
at the CU/PU board the visual inspection. connection

Square connector Check if any foreign material exists in the Remove the connector and at the to the normal
connecting the connecting portion of the square connector. foreign material. head connector. connecting
option tray unit to condition.
the printer.
Head FFC Remove the head FFC from the printer. Check Replace the
Square connector Is the terminals of the square connector Replace the if any open-circuit or peeling-off of sheath has head FFC or the
connecting the damaged? connector. occurred or not throughout the cable. CU/PU board.
option tray unit to
the printer. Conduction of the Check that 5V appears across the capacitor Replace the
fuse on the CU/PU CP8. (Refer to section 7.6.) CU/PU board.
(14-2-3) Check the control signals. board. Check if the fuses F15 and F12 are not open-
circuit or not.
Check the control Check the control signal that is output from the Replace the
signal that is output CU/PU board option connector . CU/PU board.
from the CU/PU Pin-5: TXD (PU 2nd)
board to the option
tray board (V7Y Pin-3: RXD (2nd PU)
PCB).

44205301TH Rev.1 176 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (16) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (error code 540, 541, 542, 543) Note! Toner sensor operation check method using the SWITCH SCAN function of
(16-1) Error caused by the consumable items. the self-diagnostic mode.
(1) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the printer side.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work 1. Status change of the toner sensor can be checked from the Operator
at NG
Panel using the self-diagnostic mode. First, switch the display to the
(16-1-1) Consumable items installation condition Operator Panel display. For the method of switching the display to the
Operator Panel display, refer to section 5.3.2.3 Switch Scan Test
ID unit and toner Check that the ID unit is installed in the normal Correct the 2. Remove the ID unit and the toner cartridge (TC) from a printer. There is
cartridge position. Check that the lock lever of the toner installation to a window inside a printer opposing the ID side when viewed from the
cartridge is locked. the normal front of a printer. The toner sensor is located inside the window.
installation
condition. 3. Place a white paper 3 mm away from the sensor window. The white
paper should be placed in the manner of opposing the toner sensor.
4. When light is reflected by a white paper so that incident light falls on the
(16-2) Error caused by the toner sensor toner sensor, the Operator Panel display shows "L". When the paper is
moved so that any light is not reflected by the paper so that the incident
Action to be taken light does not reach the toner sensor, "H" is displayed on the Operator
Check item Check work Panel.
at NG
5. If the Operator Panel display toggles between "H" <-> "L" as a paper is
(16-2-1) Toner sensor condition flipped in front of the toner sensor, it indicates that the toner sensor and
the related system of the printer are working normally.
Toner sensor Is the receptor of the toner sensor stained? Wipe off the
stain from the Action to be taken at NG
toner sensor. • Clean surface of the toner sensor to remove the stains due to residual
toner and paper dust.
Toner sensor Confirm that the toner sensor works normally by Replace the
using the SWITCH SCAN function of the self- toner sensor • Check the connection condition of the FFC cable at the PU main
diagnostic mode. board, or the board (PU) and at the toner sensor board (PRZ).
Place a white paper in front of the toner sensor, CU/PU board, • Perform the operation check again. If the situation is not improved and
and check if the SCAN state changes or not. or the FFC remains unchanged, replace the PU main board (PU) or the toner
between the sensor board (PRZ).
toner sensor
board and the (2) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the toner cartridge (TC) side
CU/PU board. 1. To the position where the toner sensor is confirmed to be operating
normally in the printer itself by the above paragraph (1), install the TC
and the ID unit to check operations by observing display on the Operator
Panel.
2. If the ID unit works normally, the display on the Operator Panel will
toggle between "H" <-> "L" in synchronism with movement of the silver
reflector plate that is located on the side of the ID.
Action to be taken at NG
• Check operation condition of the respective ID motors by using the
Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode.
• Clean surface of the silver reflector plate on the side of ID to remove
stains. (Stain due to toner or paper dust)
• Replace the TC of different color and the ID unit as a pair.
If a satisfactory operation is attained by using the a pair of TC of
different color and the ID unit, replace the TC or replace the ID unit.

44205301TH Rev.1 177 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(16-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism 7.5.2. (17) Fuse cut error (error codes 150 to 155)
(17-1) Fuse cut error
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(16-3-1) Mechanical load applied to the ID unit at NG

(17-1-1) Check the system connection


ID unit Check if a heavy mechanical load is being Replace the ID
applied to the ID unit due to breakage of the unit.
waster toner belt, or not. If any attempt FFC connecting the Check if the connector is connected in the half- 
Connect the
of using new ID CU/PU board and way only or not, and is inserted in a slanted angle FFC normally.
unit as a trial the toner sensor or not at the SSNS connector of the CU/PU Alternately,
is going to be board (PRZ PCB) board, and at the SSNS connector of the toner replace the FFC.
made, be sure to sensor board (PRZ PCB).
use the System Check if FFC has open-circuit of sheath of the
Maintenance FFC has not peeled off or not.
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE. (17-1-2) Fuse cut circuit

(16-3-2) Motor operating condition CU/PU board Upon completion of the system connection check, 
Replace the
turn off the power once and back on. The, check CU/PU board.
ID motor Confirm that the respective ID motors work Replace the if the error occurs or not.
normally or not by using the Motor & Clutch Test CU/PU board or
of the self-diagnostic mode. the ID motor.
Check if any extra load exists or not.

44205301TH Rev.1 178 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (18) Humidity sensor error (error code 123) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(18-1) Humidity sensor error at NG

(18-1-2) Environment condition


Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Sharp change Is the environment condition changed sharply Leave a printer
(18-1-1) Check the system connection of environment from a low temperature environment to a high for around one
condition environment condition within a short time? hour in the new
(Example is such a case that a printer is moved environment
Connection between Check if the 11-conductor FFC is connected Re-connect the
from storage condition of a cold area in winter to to get used
the CU/PU board to the OPE connector of the CU/PU board cable normally.
an office environment.) to the new
and Operator Panel normally or not.
environment.
Check if the 11-conductor FFC is connected
After that, turn
to the CN1 connector of the Operator Panel
on the power
board normally or not.
again.
Check if the connector is connected in the half-
Before turn
way only or not, and check if the connector is
on the power,
inserted in a slanted angle or not.
touch the metal
panel of the
 FC connecting the
F Check for open-circuit with VOM. Replace the FFC controller panel
CU/PU board and Check that peeling off of sheath does not occur with the normal and the metal
the Operator Panel in any cables by visual inspection. FFC. plate inside a
board printer to feel
temperature
increase
inside a printer
with human
hands. After
confirmation
that the printer
temperature has
increased close
to the room
temperature,
turn on the
power again.

44205301TH Rev.1 179 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2. (19) Wiring diagram


Cover open Internal Fuser
IN Cover open
sensor sensor
Front
sensor
Bottom
sensor
Duplex unit
switch thermistor FAN1
Printer main unit

RFID Antenna
Board-POL

Fuser K2 Y2 M2 C2
SNS03 SNS12 SNS4 DUPLEX clutch

CL1
motor
(DC)
Separator

MAIN1
Board-V7Y-15

CL2
solenoid
High-voltage power supply
Belt

MOTOR
ID UP/DOWN
motor sensor DUPLEX

FAN
motor

DUPLEX
HVOLT FAN
RFID R/W

RFID
ID up Temperature
motor
Board sensor
EXIT
2nd Tray
Color registration sensor 2nd
sensor Hopping paper end 2nd IN 2nd paper
Board-PRC
sensor sensor sensor size switch
ID
motor
(DC)
Printer main unit (3rd Tray)

RCR LCR DENS


EXIT
FUSER UNIT

CL1
SNS03 SNS12 PSZ Feed clutch
Board-PRY

PUIF
DCID BELTIDUP DCHEAT RFID HVOLT

MAIN1
MAIN2
Board-V7Y-14

CL2
Hopping clutch

FUSER
Board-PRZ

RELAY

MOTOR
Toner-Low Toner-Low Toner-Low Toner-Low Feed
SSNS
SSNS

sensor sensor sensor sensor transport


motor

Environment sensor

Board-IBG
operation
OPE

CU/PU board
CN

panel K-HEAD
3rd TRAY

Board-IBD SD Memory Card


Y-HEAD
WR sensor
OPTION
M-HEAD
IN1 sensor
C-HEAD
FSNS
CN

IN2 sensor

Board-RSF LAN I/F


PE_HOP

Paper-end sensor USB I/F

Hopping sensor CL1 STKFL OPTION HP_PSZCL POWFAN POWER USB HOST I/F

Hopping CN2
clutch CN3

Paper size Low-voltage


Stackable FAN
SW
sensor
Low-voltage power supply
AC
Blue Black

DUPLEX 2nd Tray


unit
Hopping Regist MPT
motor clutch clutch

44205301TH Rev.1 180 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 Troubleshooting the abnormal images


(1) Color has faded-out and blurred entirely. (Refer to Figure 7-2A.)........................181
(1-1) Color are faded-out and blurred. ...............................................................181
(2) Stain on white print (Refer to Figure 7-2B.).........................................................182
(2-1) Stain on white print (Partial stain)..............................................................182
(2-2) Stain on white print (overall stain)..............................................................182
(3) White print (Refer to Figure 7-2C.).......................................................................183
(3-1) White print over entire page.......................................................................183
(4) Black banding/black streaking in vertical direction...............................................184
(4-1) Thin vertical line (with color) (Refer to Figure 7-2D.).................................184 A Overall faded-out B Stain on white print C Entirely white
Blurred
(4-2) Thin vertical line (without color) (Refer to Figure 7-2F.)...........................184
(5) Cyclic abnormality (Refer to Figure 7-2E.)..........................................................184
(5-1) Cyclic abnormality occurs in vertical direction ..........................................184
(6) Heavy color registration error...............................................................................185
(6-1) Display of the message "Color adjustment is in progress" appears
only short time...........................................................................................185
(6-2) Though REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function is ok,
color blur occurs........................................................................................185
(7) Entirely black print................................................................................................185
(7-1) All black print over entire page...................................................................185 D Black banding/ E Cyclic abnormality F White banding/
black streaking white streaking
in vertical direction in vertical direction
Note! When an attempt is going to be made to replace the PU board, read data
contents of the EEPROM chip from the old PU board beforehand, and copy
the data contents into the new board after the new PU board is installed. Figure 7-2

44205301TH Rev.1 181 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3.(1) Color has faded-out and blurred entirely. (Refer to Figure 7-2A.) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(1-1) Color are faded-out and blurred. at NG

(1-1-5) ID unit installation condition


Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
ID unit DOWN Move the ID unit in and out with hand to confirm Check the
(1-1-1) Toner position (Defective that any abnormal mechanical load does not U-shaped
transfer) exist, and the ID unit can be moved down to the groove of the
DOWN position normally. If a piece of paper is side plate for
Remaining amount Check if the message "Prepare toner 
Replace toner
inserted in between drum and belt, if top end of any abnormality.
of toner replacement." or "Replace the toner." appears or cartridge with
the paper can enter easily, it is NG (No Good). If repair is found
not. new one.
impossible,
replace the
Tape attached to Check to see that the tape attached to the toner Move the toner equipment.
the toner cartridge cartridge opening slot has been peeled off. cartridge lever to
opening slot CLOSE position
and remove tape
from opening slot.

(1-1-2) LED head

Lens of the LED 


Check if surface of the lens of the LED head is 
Clean the lens
head stained or not by toner and paper dust. with soft tissue
paper.

Mounting condition Check that the LED head is mounted on the LED Correct for
of LED head head holder correctly. Check that the right and normal condition.
left tension springs are normally installed.

(1-1-3) Print media

Media type Check to see that the print media which is used 
Use the normal
for printing is not a specially thick media paper.

(1-1-4) High voltage terminal

ID unit terminal ICheck that the high voltage terminal of the ID IReplace
 the ID
unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
7-3.) terminal.
If any attempt
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

44205301TH Rev.1 182 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3.(2) Stain on white print (Refer to Figure 7-2B.) (2-2) Stain on white print (overall stain)
(2-1) Stain on white print (Partial stain)
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (2-2-1) Print media
(2-1-1) ID unit
Type of print media Check to see that the print media which is used 
Use the normal
for printing is not a specially thin media. paper.

Exposure of drum to  the drum left in a circumstance in which drum
Is Replace the ID
light surface is exposed to direct light for a long time? unit. (2-2-2) High voltage terminal
If any attempt
of using new ID ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
unit as a trial unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
is going to be normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
made, be sure to 7-3.) terminal.
use the System If any attempt
Maintenance of using new ID
Menu FUSE unit as a trial
KEEP MODE. is going to be
made, be sure to
Leakage of toner Does toner leak out from either ID unit or from Replace the ID use the System
toner cartridge? unit or toner Maintenance
cartridge. Menu FUSE
If any attempt KEEP MODE.
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

(2-1-2) Fuser unit

Offset toner of the Check if the offset toner of the previous printing 
Repeat blind
fuser unit is left adhered on the fuser unit or not, by visual printing using
inspection. unwanted media
until offset toner
is created on print
media. Alternately
replace the
fuser unit. If any
attempt of using
new fuser unit as
a trial is going to
be made, be sure
to use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

44205301TH Rev.1 183 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3.(3) White print (Refer to Figure 7-2C.) Action to be taken


Check item Check work
(3-1) White print over entire page at NG

(3-1-3) High voltage terminal


Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
(3-1-1) Toner condition unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
7-3.) terminal.
Remaining amount Confirm that sufficient amount of toner remains Replace the
If any attempt
of toner inside the toner cartridge. toner cartridge.
of using new ID
unit as a trial
(3-1-2) Exposure condition to light is going to be
made, be sure to
LED head Confirm that the LED head is positioned in the Correct the use the System
normal position where the LED head opposes installation Maintenance
again the drum when the cover is closed. Check condition of the Menu FUSE
that no obstacle exists in front of the LED head, LED head. KEEP MODE.
that hampers light emission from the illuminating
surface of the LED head.

Connecting condition Check that the LED head is normally connected. Replace the
of the LED head LED head.

Drum shaft Check that the drum shaft keeps contacting with Replace the ID
the right and left side plates normally. unit.
If any attempt
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

F506, fuse on the Measure resistance of F506. Replace the


CU/PU board 1 ohm or less: Normal CU/PU board
Higher than 1 ohm: NG

44205301TH Rev.1 184 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3.(4) Black banding/black streaking in vertical direction 7.5.3.(5) Cyclic abnormality (Refer to Figure 7-2E.)
(4-1) Thin vertical line (with color) (Refer to Figure 7-2D.) (5-1) Cyclic abnormality occurs in vertical direction

Action to be taken Action to be taken


Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(4-1-1) ID unit condition (5-1-1) Cycle

Filming of the ID unit Is print attempted without toner? Replace toner Image drum Check that the cycle is 94.3 mm. Replace the ID
cartridge with unit
new one. If
replacement Developing roller Check that the cycle is 39.7 mm. Replace the ID
does not solve unit
the problem,
replace the Toner feed roller Check that the cycle is 58.4 mm. Replace the ID
ID unit. If any unit
attempt of using
new ID unit as Charge roller Check that the cycle is 37.7 mm. Replace the ID
a trial is going unit
to be made,
be sure to use
Roller on top of fuser Check that the cycle is 90.5 mm. Replace the
the System
fuser unit.
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE. Fuser belt Check that the cycle is 96.3 mm. Replace the
fuser unit.

Transfer roller Check that the cycle is 50.3 mm. Replace the belt
(4-2) Thin vertical line (without color) (Refer to Figure 7-2F.) unit.

Action to be taken If any attempt


Check item Check work
at NG of using new
consumable
(4-2-1) LED head condition item as a trial
is going to be
LED head Is any foreign material attached on the light Remove the made, be sure to
emitting surface of the cell fox lens of the LED foreign material. use the System
head? Maintenance
Menu FUSE
(4-2-2) Condition of paper running path KEEP MODE.

Paper running path Check that any burr that may scatter the un- Remove the
fused toner on the paper running path does not burr.
exist.

44205301TH Rev.1 185 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3.(6) Heavy color registration error 7.5.3.(7) Entirely black print


(6-1) Display of the message "Color adjustment is in progress" appears only short time. (7-1) All black print over entire page

Action to be taken Action to be taken


Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(6-1-1) Result of color registration error correction (7-1-1) High voltage contacting condition

Color registration Use the self-diagnostic mode and execute the Replace the CH terminal Check that the terminal coming from the printer 
Replace the
error correction REG ADJUST TEST. Check the result. Error sensor that body contacts with the high voltage terminal that terminal of
time (If a printer is is issued but is not displayed on the ON LINE causes the error. is located on the left side of the ID unit when printer side.
normal, it is approx. display. Clean the sensor viewed from the top by visual inspection.
40 seconds.) to remove stain.
Replace the CH terminal Check that the high voltage terminal keeps the Correct the
shutter. Replace normal contacting condition on the high voltage installation
the CU/PU board. Open the left cover and remove the high condition of
board. voltage board. Then, check that the terminal the terminal
is not installed in the abnormal installation to the normal
(6-1-2) Toner condition. condition.

Remaining amount Check if the message "Prepare toner 


Replace toner ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
of toner replacement." or "Replace the toner." appears or cartridge with unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or replace
not. new one. normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
7-3.) board or correct
(6-1-3) Color registration error detection sensor the high voltage
terminal.
Sensor is dirty Is toner or paper dust attached to the sensor? Clean the sensor If any attempt
to remove stain of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
(6-1-4) Color registration error detection sensor shutter
made, be sure to
use the System
Shutter operation is Check the shutter operation by the self- Replace the Maintenance
faulty diagnostic mode shutter or tune Menu FUSE
the mechanism KEEP MODE.

(7-1-2) High voltage output condition


(6-2) Though REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function is ok, color blur occurs
CH output If high voltage probe is available as a Replace the high
Action to be taken maintenance tool, open the left cover, and check voltage board.
Check item Check work
at NG the CH output with the high voltage probe from
the soldering side of the high voltage board.
(6-2-1) Paper feed system (The high voltage probe is not an ordinary
maintenance tool.)
Paper feed system Check if any obstacle exists in the paper feeding Remove the
of the paper running path, that hampers smooth paper run. obstacle
path

44205301TH Rev.1 186 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Charge roller

Ground

Developer roller

Toner feed roller

Figure 7-3

44205301TH Rev.1 187 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4 Network troubleshooting Check item Check work


Action to be taken
at NG

(1) Print cannot be activated from Utilities. (6) Check the following from an OS standard port

Action to be taken Confirm the standard Set the standard LPR port of the WINDOWS Set the standard
Check item Check work LPR port of the standard (NT, 2000, XP), and confirm if printing LPR port of
at NG
WINDOWS standard can be performed or not. the WINDOWS
(1) Check the LINK lamp (NT, 2000, XP). standard (NT,
2000, XP)
Check if the LINK 
Check if the HUB and a printer are connected Re-connect the correctly.
lamp (green) is normally. (Check that the network cable is network cable
illuminating or not. connected normally.) normally.

Confirm that the straight network cable is being Replace the


used. cable with the
straight cable.
7.5.4.1 Connection error occurs with the Web browser
Make an attempt to change connection of the Try to change
network cable to other port of a HUB. the HUB. If the printer setting page cannot be displayed by the web browser "https://<printer IP
address>", check the followings.
(2) Check the network information
Establish connection by "https://<printer IP address>.
Check if the network Print the [NetworkInformation] by select [Print 
Re-write the
information can be Information]-[Network]. NIC-F/W by
1) If the printer setting page is displayed, the followings are probable.
printed normally or using Utilities.
not. Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items.
* Certificate is not created yet. (Or failed to create certificate.)
(3) Check contents of the network information.
Refer to section "7.5.4.1.1 Is the certificate created?".
Confirm the IP Confirm the IP address, SUB net mask and Set the IP * Certificate has been created but the SSL/TLS setting is turned off.
address, SUB net gateway address that are printed on the network address, SUB
mask and gateway information. net mask and Refer to section "7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to [ON]?".
address. gateway address 2) If the printer setting page is not displayed, the followings are probable.
normally.
* Version number of the browser is old.
(4) Check if communication is possible or not through network Refer to section "7.5.4.1.3 Check version number of the Web browser".
* Encryption strength has been set to Strong.
Confirm if the Ping 
Confirm if correct reply is returned from a printer Set the IP
command can be to a PC when the PC sends the Ping to a printer. address, SUB Refer to section "7.5.4.1.3 Check encryption strength of a printer".
sent or not from a net mask and
* The key exchange system of a printer is not supported by the browser.
PC to a printer. gateway address
normally. (Compatibility problem)
Refer to section "7.5.4.1.5 Check the key exchange type of the certificate".
(5) Check the Utilities.

Check setting of the Check the setting items of the OKI LPR Utilities. 
Set the OKI LPR
OKI LPR Utilities. Utilities setting
items correctly.

44205301TH Rev.1 188 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.1.1 Is the certificate created? 7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to [ON]?
Log-on in as the administrator, and select "Security" "Encryption (SSL/TLS)". Log-on in as the administrator, and select "Security" "Encryption (SSL/TLS)".
If the following screen is displayed, certificate of the printer is not created yet. (The same If the following screen is displayed, certificate has already been created, but the SSL/TLS
screen is displayed when failed to create certificate.) setting is turned [OFF].

Solution: Create certificate by referring to the User’s Manual (Advanced edition). Solution : Set the SSL/TLS setting to [ON].

Before creating certificate (default state)

44205301TH Rev.1 189 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.1.3 Check version number of the Web browser For Netscape


Launch the web browser and select "HELP" "Netscape".
Check version number of the Web browser in use.
Recommended version is Netscape 6 and higher.
How to check version number.
Solution : Install the newest web browser.
For Internet Explorer
If any version that is older than the recommended version is used,
Launch the browser and select "HELP" "Version information". communication can become possible sometimes when the encryption
Recommended version is Internet Explorer 5.5 and higher. strength is set to "Weak". If the encryption strength is set to "Weak",
security level lowers. To change the encryption strength, refer to
Solution : Install the newest web browser. Alternately, install the high encryption
section "7.5.4.1.4 Confirm encryption strength of a printer".
pack.
If any version that is older than the recommended version is used,
communication can become possible sometimes when the encryption
strength is set to "Weak". If the encryption strength is set to "Weak",
security level lowers. To change the encryption strength, refer to
section "7.5.4.1.4 Confirm encryption strength of a printer".

44205301TH Rev.1 190 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.1.4 Confirm encryption strength of a printer Change encryption strength with AdminManager
1. Launch AdminManager and select (by highlighting) a desired printer from the
Version display of the browser that is confirmed by section "7.5.4.1.3 Check version
printer list.
number of the Web browser" has description on encryption strength of the browser.
The browser in which the encryption strength is not set to 128 bits, the browser cannot
establish communication with the printer in which the encryption strength is not set to
"Standard".
Either, upgrade the browser until it supports 128 bits (high encryption) or set the printer
encryption strength to "Weak".

2. Press the "Oki Device Setup" button, or alternately select "Setup" "Oki Device
Setup", and open the setup screen.

3. Input the administrator password and open the setup screen as an administrator.

4. Select the "SSL/TLS" tab.

44205301TH Rev.1 191 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. Check the "Encryption Strength". 8. A message prompting your confirmation will be displayed. Click "Yes".
(NIC reboots in order to reflect the setup value.)

9. If the printer is displayed in the printer list, the setup is complete with success.

6. Set the "Encryption Strength" to "Weak" and press the "Apply" button.

7. Check the setup contents, and press "OK".

44205301TH Rev.1 192 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Solution: Set the encryption strength to "Weak".


How to change encryption strength with Telnet

Note! Telnet cannot be used if it remains in the default setting. To change the
encryption strength, Telnet must be set to Enable.

Select the command prompt (DOS prompt) and enter "Telnet <printer IP
address>", and press Return.
Establish connected using administrator user name and password

Select the menus in this order: [4: Security Config] [5: Cipher (SSL/TLS)]
[2: Cipher Strength]. Then, change the cipher strength as desired (1: Strong, 2:
Standard, 3: Weak).

44205301TH Rev.1 193 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.2 Print operation is not possible 7.5.4.2.1 Check OS (Operating System)


If print operation is not possible by using the encrypted IPP printer, check the followings. The IPP print (encryption) function is supported by Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows
2003 Server and Windows Vista only.
Establish connection by "https://<printer IP address>. It is not supported by other operating systems.

1) If the printer setting page is displayed, the followings are probable.


Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items. 7.5.4.2.2 Is the Printer created?
* Certificate is not created yet. (Or failed to create certificate.)
Printer may not be created normally.
Refer to section "7.5.4.1.1 Is the certificate created?".
To use the IPP print (encryption) function, the Printer must have been created by setting
* Certificate has been created but the SSL/TLS setting is turned off.
port to URL" HYPERLINK "https://<" https://< printer IP address>/ipp" when creating the
Refer to section "7.5.4.1.2 Is the SSL/TLS setting set to [ON]?". Printer.
2) If the printer setting page is not displayed, the followings are probable. For more details of Printer creation method, refer to the User’s Manual (Advanced
Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items. edition).
* Version number of the browser is old.
Refer to section "7.5.4.1.3 Check version number of the Web browser".
7.5.4.2.3 Is the IPP setup Enabled?
* Encryption strength has been set to Strong.
Refer to section "7.5.4.1.4 Check encryption strength of a printer". The IPP setup may not be set to Enable.
* The key exchange system of a printer is not supported by the browser. As the default setting of printer, IPP has been set to Disable.
(Compatibility problem) To use the IPP print (encryption) function, the IPP setup must have been set to Enable.
* The OS does not support the IPP (encrypted) printing.
For the method of changing the IPP setup, refer to the User’s Manual (Advanced edition).
Refer to section "7.5.4.2.1 Check OS (Operating System)".
* IPP (encrypted) printer is not created yet.
Refer to section "7.5.4.2.2 Is the Printer created?".
* IPP setup of the Printer is not Enabled.
Refer to section "7.5.4.2.3 Is the IPP setting set to Enabled?".

44205301TH Rev.1 194 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.3 Cannot create Certificate 7.5.4.4 Installation of Certificate is not possible


When Certificate cannot be created, the following causes are probable. Take an When installation of Certificate fails, the following causes are probable.
appropriate measure by referring to the following items. Take an appropriate measure by referring to the following items.
* Required input items are not fully entered * User has changed the IP address of a printer to other IP address than the "IP
Refer to section "7.5.4.3.1 Required input items are not fully entered". address during creation of CSR".
* The printer is printing. Refer to section "7.5.4.4.1 IP address of the printer has been changed".
Refer to section "7.5.4.3.2 The printer is printing". * "Network card is initialized" while user is applying issuance of certification to
certifying authority (i.e., in the state of Waiting for Installation of Certificate).
7.5.4.3.1 Required input items are not fully entered Refer to section "7.5.4.4.2 "Network card is initialized".
* "Deletion of CSR" was executed while user is applying issuance of certification
Unless all of the required input items are fully entered, Certificate cannot be created. to certifying authority (i.e., in the state of Waiting for Installation of Certificate).
When creating Certificate, entry into the items of Common Name, Organization, Locality, State/ Refer to section "7.5.4.4.3 "Deletion of CSR" is executed.
Province, Country/Region is the must item. (Entry into Organizational Unit can be omitted.) * Intermediate Certificate is installed.
Solution : Enter the appropriate value into all of the required input items, and Refer to section "7.5.4.4.4 "Installation of intermediate Certificate" is desired.
execute creation of Certificate.
For more details of the input items, refer to the User’s Manual (Advanced
edition). 7.5.4.4.1 User has changed the IP address of a printer
If IP address of a printer is changed to other IP address than the "IP address during
7.5.4.3.2 The printer is printing. creation of CSR", error is issued and installation of Certificate become impossible.

Certificate cannot be created while printing is in progress. (Print operation has priority.) If the changed setup is only the "IP address of printer", error will not be issued if the IP
address is returned to the original address.
Solution : Create Certificate when all other operations are complete.
Solution : Return the IP address of printer back to the "IP address during
During creation of self-sign certification, during creation of CSR for
creation of CSR", and then install Certificate.
Certificate of certifying authority, and during installation of Certificate,
the printer must not perform any other operations (such as printing)
until the operation is complete (creation of self-sign certification is Note! Do not change any setup of printer while creation of Certificate of certifying
complete, creation of CSR is complete, and installation of Certificate is authority is in progress (during the period starting from creation of CSR up
complete). until installation of Certificate). If changed, the already issued Certificates
become invalid necessitating re-setup starting from the very beginning. If
printer setup is changed after Certificate is obtained, the "Security warning"
is displayed on the web browser.
If IP address of printer is changed, the Certificate becomes invalid. In
the case of Certificate of certifying authority requiring some charge for
issuance, another charge may be required for creating Certificate once
again. For details, contact certifying authority.)

44205301TH Rev.1 195 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.4.2 "Network card is initialized" 2. Press the "General" tab of the displayed Certificate information, and press
"Install Certificate" button.
If network card is initialized (to default setup) while creation of Certificate of certifying
authority is in progress (during the period starting from creation of CSR up until
installation of Certificate), the setup information of the Certificate is deleted. If information
is deleted once, the information cannot be recovered by any means. (Even when the
same information as before is entered, the same Certificate cannot be created.)
Solution : Repeat all the steps from the very beginning. (Certificate under application is
already invalid.)

7.5.4.4.3 "CSR is deleted"


If CSR is deleted (if Certificate is deleted) while creation of Certificate of certifying
authority is in progress (during the period starting from creation of CSR up until
installation of Certificate), the setup information of the Certificate is deleted. If information
is deleted once, the information cannot be recovered by any means. (Even when the
same information as before is entered, the same Certificate cannot be created.)
Solution : Repeat all the steps from the very beginning. (Certificate under application is
3. The "Certificate Import Wizard" is displayed. Install Certificate in accordance
already invalid.)
with the displayed procedure. Select "Automatically select the certificate
store based on the types of certificate". Then, the Certificate will be installed
7.5.4.4.4 Installation of intermediate Certificate is desired
automatically.
Some certification authorities use the procedure of installing the SSL server Certificate
(printer Certificate) and the intermediate Certificate into printer as the same time.
However, printer of this model suppor ts installation of only a single Cer tificate,
intermediate Certificate cannot be installed in printer. Be sure to install the SSL server
Certificate in printer.
When installation of intermediate Certificate is required, install the intermediate Certificate
not in printer, but in client PC (browser).
For the method of installing the intermediate Certificate in client PC (browser), refer to the
following.
Installing the intermediate Certificate (or CA certificate) in client PC (browser).

[Procedure]
1. Double-click the intermediate Certificate (or CA certificate) that is issued by
certifying authority, on a client PC to display the intermediate Certificate (or CA
certificate).
ex.) For an example, the intermediate Certificate of Comodo has the text (PEM)
format: ComodoJapanCA.Crt, and the binary format: ComodoJapanCA.cer.
Either one of these formats can be opened. (Same result can be obtained.)
Open either ComodoJapanCA.crt or ComodoJapanCA.cer.

44205301TH Rev.1 196 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.5 Other questionnaires 7.5.4.5.6 The error message "The security certificate was issued by a
Other probable questionnaires are described below.
company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to
determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority" is
displayed.
7.5.4.5.1 Time required for creation of Certificate
If this error is indicated, it means that the certificate which is installed in a printer is self-
It takes several ten seconds for creation of Certificate.
sign certificate.
In the case of self-sign certificate, error (security warning) will not be displayed if the self-
7.5.4.5.2 Communication time when the encryption function is enabled sign certificate of printer is installed in the client PC.
In the case of certificate of certifying authority, error (security warning) will not be
A time longer than the ordinary communication time is required for communication when
displayed if the CA certificate of certifying authority is installed in the client PC.
the encryption function is used.
Solution : Install certificate in the client PC (browser).
[Procedure]
7.5.4.5.3 Can the encrypted printing be performed by any printer other
1. Click the "View Certificate" button on the error (security warning) screen.
than IPP?
Answer : Any printer other than IPP cannot encrypt printing.
Only the IPP printing can encrypt printing.

7.5.4.5.4 What will happen if SSL/TLS is turned OFF after Certificate


has been created (or installed)?
Answer : Certificate will be kept saved as it is.
If SSL/TLS is turned ON again, the Certificate becomes usable.

7.5.4.5.5 Want to change the port number


Answer : The port number during the SSL/TLS communication is fixed to 443.
It cannot be changed.

44205301TH Rev.1 197 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. Press the "General" tab of the displayed Certificate information, and press 3. The "Certificate Import Wizard" is displayed. Install Certificate in accordance
"Install Certificate" button. with the displayed procedure. Select "Automatically select the certificate
store based on the types of certificate". Then, the Certificate will be installed
automatically.

7.5.4.5.7 The error message "Name of security certificate is invalid or


does not match the site name" is displayed.
It means that the IP address of printer is different from the IP address that is described on
certificate, or from the IP address when the certificate is created.
Solution : Return the IP address of printer back to the address when self-sign
certificate is created, or to the address when CSR is created.

44205301TH Rev.1 198 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.6 Restrictions when using Internet Explore 7 Solution : When "Continue browsing this site (not recommended)" is clicked on the
warning screen, the web page will be displayed.
Several restrictions are imposed when using Internet Explore 7. This is because security
However, it has no effect on the web page function. It can be used for browsing
restriction became more severe in IE7.
or to change setting of printer setup.

7.5.4.6.1 Warning indication when SSL is made valid by self-sign


certificate
When SSL is made valid by self-sign certificate, the following picture is obtained when
web page is accessed, and page will not be displayed.

Web page display when "Continue browsing this site (not recommended)" is clicked.

Web display when SSL is made valid by self-sign certificate

44205301TH Rev.1 199 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4.7 Network function restrictions on Sleep mode 7.5.4.7.3 Disabled discovery and setting options
Network functions restrict the Sleep mode of each printer as follows. By using any of the following functions or protocols, printers in the Sleep mode cannot be
discovered, and no settings can be made for them:
7.5.4.7.1 Disabled Sleep mode 1) PnP-X
2) UPnP
1) With IPSec enabled
3) Bonjour
2) With NetBEUI enabled
4) LLTD
3) With NetWare enabled
5) FLDP
4) With EtherTalk enabled
6) ODNSP
5) With a TCP connection established
7) JCP
Example: When a telnet or ftp connection to a printer is disconnected when the
8) MIB *2
time period that can elapse with the printer left unattended in a power
saving state before it enters the Sleep mode elapses, it enters the *2: Information for a printer in the Sleep mode can be viewed by using that part of a
Sleep mode. MIB which supported by the printer (a Get command).

* To enable the Sleep mode of a printer, disable IPSec, NetBEUI, NetWare and
EtherTalk for the printer. 7.5.4.7.4 Disabled protocols having client functionality
1) Email alerting *3
7.5.4.7.2 Disabled printing 2) SNMP trapping
While in the Sleep mode, printers cannot perform printing that uses any of the following 3) WINS *4
protocols: 4) SNTP *5
1) NetBEUI *3: The periodical email alert time intervals for a printer include no time elapsed
2) NBT with the printer in the Sleep mode.
3) NetWare *4: The WINS refresh time intervals for a printer include no time elapsed with the printer
4) EtherTalk *1 in the Sleep mode. The WINS registration for printers in the Sleep mode is not
5) Bonjour *1 periodically refreshed and a name registered with a WINS server may be deleted.
*5: The refresh time intervals for a NTP server for a printer include no time elapsed
*1: Printers can perform printing in the Sleep mode when connected by using IP with the printer in the Sleep mode.
Print of Mac OS X.

7.5.4.7.5 Protocols used with Sleep mode disabled


Disable the Sleep mode of a printer for which to use any of the following protocols:

1) IPv6
2) NetBEUI
3) NetWare
4) EtherTalk

44205301TH Rev.1 200 /


7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.6 Fuse check


If the following error is issued, check the corresponding fuse of the CU/PU control board
and high voltage power supply board.
(Refer to Table 7-6.)
Table 7-6 Fuse error

Fuse Name Error Description Insert Point Resistance

F4 Service call 918 Duplex, 2nd/3rd 24V


(However, if the Duplex
unit is not installed, it
is the 2nd/3rd hopping
error.)

F3, F5 Power supply shut-down CU 3.3V, PU 5V


(Not displayed on
CU/PU board operator panel)
(PU area)
F7 ID UP/DOWN error. Belt motor, ID UP/DOWN motor,
Service call 142 Hopping clutch 24V

F1 Cover open High voltage power supply board,


ID cooling fan, fuser fan 24V
Less than
F10 Service call 122 Power supply fan, feed clutch, 1 ohm
MPT clutch, Fuse cut, feed motor
24V

High voltage IP901 Cover open High voltage 24V


power supply
board IP902 Service call 121 High voltage 5V

F15 • Service call 131 to 134 LED HEAD 5V


error
• All white page print
CU/PU board
(CU area) F12 Service call 131 to 134 LED HEAD 3.3V
error

F11 Host USB error Host USB 5V

44205301TH Rev.1 201 /


Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. Connection diagrams
8.1 Resistance value check..............................................................203
8.2 Parts location..............................................................................207
8.3 F/W version number...................................................................216
8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.1 Resistance value check

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

M
Transport belt 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.4Ω
motor Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.4Ω
3

ID motor Across both ends of IP2 and IP3: 1Ω or less

IP2 IP3

44205301TH Rev.1 203 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

M
2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 6.1Ω
ID up/down motor
Between pin-3 and pin-4: 6.1Ω
3

Fuser unit motor Across both ends of IP1 and IP2: 1Ω or less

IP2 IP1

44205301TH Rev.1 204 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

M
2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.4Ω
Feed motor
Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.4Ω
3

M
Both-sided print 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.2Ω
motor Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.2Ω
3

M
2nd / 3rd tray 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.4Ω
feed motor Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.4Ω
3

44205301TH Rev.1 205 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

Upper roller heater #1


B -6 Between pins -1 and -6: Several ohms to several ten ohms
Between pins -1 and -6: Several ohms to several ten ohms
Upper roller heater #2 Between pins -4 and -5: Approx. 590kΩ to 5338kΩ (0 to 93°C)
A -6 Between pins -2 and -3: Approx. 104.5kΩ to 806.5kΩ (0 to 43°C)
Thermostat Between pins -2 and -3: Approx. 104.5kΩ to 806.5kΩ (0 to 43°C)
B -1 Between pins -4 and -5: Open

A -1

Upper thermistor
B -4

B -5
Fuser unit
Lower thermistor
A -2

A -3

Frame thermistor
B -2 A 2345 B 2345

B -3

A -4 1 6 1 6

A -5
Fuse

44205301TH Rev.1 206 /


OPTION CL1 SSNS OPE
PE_HOP FSNS
11
24 2 1
23

7
1 2 1 6 1 5 1 11 1

9 8
11 10
5 6
3 4
R262 DCID
C10 R32 HP_PSZCL C106

Q24
1 2 Q27
R24 R16 11 R255 C107
1
3 1 13 1 C102
Q3 8 BELTIDUP 1

D4
C103

R256

Q25
Q28
Q11 R257

RM29 RM30
R62 C114
Q4

Q13
C113 R258 C104

POWFAN CTSNS
Q12 R259 R263

44205301TH Rev.1
Q26
Q29
R223
(1) CU/PU PCB

R260

20
Q18 Q19 D12

13

D1
Q22 R162

R129
C62

D2
R87 R135 R163
R88 R164

IC22
C47 C79
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

HVOLT

RELAY
IC6
R89 R165

IC15
3 1

D19
D20

IC10
STKFL

1
R27 Q23 R136

1
C63 3 1

IC23
C1
IDFAN
R28 R130 C64

RM4
Q35 R137

RM28
R29 R113 R125
8.2 Parts location

R4
F7
R138

Q21
FET2

F4
CP6

Q5
R179

R7
CP5

Q14
C57

R94

R8

Q1
F10

R5
Q6
RFID

IC1
R1

IC11

RM1
Q16 Q17

Q15
Q20

F1
C2
1

Q30
143 39 37 1 Q31
DDR2DIMM
144 40 38 2 C86
Q32
R204 R205 R206

2
1
C70

R90

RM2
RM3
C71

RM21

LED1
C67
R144

C11
C21
C22
R139
RM7 U13

R48
R51
R141
R A R A U14
U15
1 1 U16

C26
1 1
C9

POWER
R12 R196

C15
IC5 IC12 R197
9 9 R198
9 9 R18 R199
R19R181
IC29

R A R A

20
19
R35 R182 C92
R43 C32 R167 R183

IC3

IC30
R169 R184
R33 R35 C35 R170 R185
R186
R145
R149
R177

R172 R187

R10
RM20 R173 R188
R265
R264

L4

L1
R174 R189

C23

C27
RM26

F5 RM25 R175 R190


SDCARD

C14 RM22 R191 R207


R208

R38
U1
Q9 R266 R209
RM8

CP1
R34
R46
R210

C36
1

IC4

C16
34

10
20

U6
A

R26 L2 L5 RM9
A

C42 U7
U2

Q7 U8
R41 RM10 U9
C5
CP3
R13 C43 R61 R73 R211
Q10 R212

C17
C24
C34

C29
9

R14 R74
K

R15
1
2
3
4
5
7
8

TEST1 R224
10
13

C6 Q8 R77 R226 R231


C39
R49

C7 R219
C111 R220 R232
R225

D5
CD1ZA1 R233
F13

F3 R37 IC2 L3
R39 R227 R236
IC14

R230
CD1ZA2

R237

CP2
C40
R50

C46
OSC2
AA

R215
U33

R63 R78 C93


U34

R79
R80 R214 R221 RM39
R64 R81 C94
OSC3

R65 R82 R222 R229


C30

C13
R26

R21 R83
R22 C115
C37

R84
AP

R23 R52
20
34

10 1 R53 RM11
DCHEAT R85
R54
U32
Component side

U28
U24

RM23
R142

AP RM19
C72

1 R123
R126
R131
10 R146
C74
C75

R91
R95
R96
R152
R154
R150
U20

R66 RM12
R47
C76

R55

R261
C112
U29 U30 U31
U25 U26 U27
U21 U22 U23

R67
R86
R92
R97
U17 U18 U19

R147
R151
R153
R155
R156
R157
R158
R159
R160

R134
R140
R143

R108
R124

D17
C73
IC25

RM32 RM37
C60

C95 D22
C96
25
24

R116 C97 D23


R117 C98
R118 C101
FLCS1

R119
R217

C108
1

RM13 RM14

R120
48

C109
R60
IC26

R121
C48
R218

F12 F15
R240

IC7
25
24

C49
IC13
RM40
CP8

IC8
IC24

R40 R192
1

C45
48

R68 D10 R110


R69 RM41
R111 20
R70 D11
R63 R200
HEAD3

R127
R112 R201 1
C52
R128 RM33
20
RM5
IC31 IC32

R304
IC9

R272
HEAD2

R93 R273
R42 1
RM24 1 4
BAT1

RM34
7

20
6 9
10
13
HEAD1

15

C55
1
C53
C65

R133
17 20 22
16 18 21

RM35
TEST2

R106 R122 20
C66

24 25 27
28
OSCLAN1

R107
C58
31
HEAD0

C50 1
F9

C56 C61
IC17

F8

RM36
F11

C51 C59 BF1


C54
C90

C84
R202
CP7

2 BF2
8
1 C85 R203 R241
7
C105
C110

1 2 1
C44

4
C38
C41

LAN USB2 3 4
USB1
207 /
8. Connection diagrams
8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Soldering side

BF540 BF532 BF524

R722
R721
BF539 BF531 BF523
BF538 BF530 BF522
BF537 BF529 BF521 BF516 RM531

R707
R706
R633 R632 R631 Q504

R703
C697
R702

R701
R700
R725
BF515

R705
BF536 BF528 BF520
BF514

R698
BF519 RM528 RM530

R696

R720
R719
R718
C696
BF535 BF527
BF513

R692
R691
Q502

R693 R699
BF534 BF526 BF518 RM526
R630 OPAMP501

RM533
BF517

R688
C685
BF533 BF525 RM529

C706
IC505 RM525

R652
R651
C681
R677

R723
BF512 RM527

R695
R694

C689
C688
C687
C686
R683

C684
R659 R655 BF511 RM524
R657 Q503
R661 BF510 OPAMP502

R663
R662
R650

C682
BF509 R634 RM523

R618
R617
R616
C676
R615
C675
R614
R613
C674
R612
R611
R610
R609
R647 R644 R641

C673

R714
R713
C716
R629
C680
R628
C679
C678
R627
R626

R625
R624

R623
R622
R621
R620
R619

R605

R603
R717
R716
R715

BF507
R606

C653
C652
C655
C654
R591

R592
R601
R600
R599
C671

R598
R597
C670
R596
R595
R594
C669
C668
R593
R590 C666 C665 C664
R589 R902

BF508

C658
BF506
R588 R587 C661 C660

R585
C651
C650
R586 C662
R582 C659

C640 C656

C649
C632
C631
R578
C657

C645
R581

C644

C642
R584
R583

C643
C907
D802 C648 C647 R579 C646
R903

RM522
R573
R572
R571
C641

R577

R575
C637 C636

RM518
C630

R574
RM521
RM519 C629 C635 RM520
C622 C614 C634

R569
IC506

C613
R570 C621 C611 C633
R566 R565 RM517

R561

R560
R568

C609

C608
IC504 IC503 R564 C607 C595 RM516 C604
R563 R562 C590 RM512
C598 R709 C594 C593
R708 RM511 C589
R559
R558
C576
C575

RM514
RM515 RM510

C596
R557

C583 C582 C581

C597
C588 C578 C577
C574 RM509

RM532
32 25 C572 R556 C555
C564 C565 RM508 C561

C573
C563 C560 C559
R550 R554

1 24 RM507

R604

R553

R552
C555 C556
IC502

C557
R551
8 17 R549
9 C553
16 RM506

C638
R544
R534
R547

C551
C552

RM504 RM505 R546


C626 C625 C624 C623

BF504
R542

C558 C571 C603 C628


C602 C627

C550

C549

R540
R548

C620
C619
C618

C600 C617
C599 C616
C615
C610
RM503 RM502 Q501
RM501

C606
C605
C601

BF503 C587
C570 C586
C569 C592
C591
C585 C584 R538
C580 C579
C548

C567
C566
C545 R537 R536

C544
C543
BF502
C568 C540 C547
C546

C542
C562 C539
R529 R528
C538 R535

C554
C537 R534
R533

R527
C532

R531

C526
R525
R524
C531
R530 C530
C527

R522
R520

C507 R516 R518


D506

C520

C519
R519

C529
D504

C515
C514
C518 IC501

C541
C517

R515
C512
R517

C516
C528 C511

C509
C508
C513
R521 D503
BF501
C510

R514

R513
R503
C503
R502

C502
R501
C501
R712

C506
R711

R512
R511
R510
R509
Q505
Q506

R506
R505

44205301TH Rev.1 208 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(2) Rellay PCB

Component side

C1
PUIF

1
24

EXIT
3
C2

J1
FUSER
8 1

S1
RCR DENS
4 4
1 1
5 1 CP1 LCR

Soldering side

BFUSE BFUCUT

44205301TH Rev.1 209 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Both-sided Printing Control PCB

Component side Soldering side

MAIN1
D510
13 1 FET502

J11

FET501
J8 J20

R578
J9

6
R542
R541

CP2
C535

J524
R544

SNS03

R580 R579
C534 C533
R543

IC502
R577

R570
1

J523
FAN

R569
1

J24
J3 J516 R501

R575
3

6
J522 R572
J26 R559

R516 R519
R517

J521 R571
C532
J2

J519
R574 R576 J520

SNS12
R573
J17

R568
J4 J12 R558 R511
J13 C524 J503 33 32
J21
R506
Q502

1
R557

R534
J18
OSC

R556 R567
TR502 R555 48 17
CPU
R554 49 16
R553 R566
R552
J25
C508
J514
C506
J1 64 1 C505
J19
J22

C514
J513

J501
C504

R527

IC503
J23 J505

R510
C509

R509

R565 R564
3

J504

Q501

C522
R551
C501
SNS4

R533
R532 J512
J6
R524 R549

R502
1

R508

IC501
J7 C521
J10 R522
J28 R521
J509

R504
J518

R503
D503 C503 C515

R563
J5 R518 D507
J506 J511

TR501
D502

R507
D2

D3 R547
J32

D505 D506
J31
C1

R562
R526

D501
D504 J510

C523
R520
J502 R546
J33

D4 R514 R515 R531


R545

R505
D509 C520
C2

J34
J507
D5

R560
J30
J29

J35 F501

D508
CP1
J27

J15 C502
J16
D6

R530
1 4 1
1 3
MOTOR CL2 CL1

44205301TH Rev.1 210 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Second Tray Control PCB

Component side Soldering side

MAIN1
D510
13 FET502
1

J11

FET501
J8 J20

R578
J9

6
R542
14 1 R541

CP2
C535

J524
R544

SNS03

R580 R579
R543

C534 C533
MAIN2

IC502
R577

J523

R569
1

J24
J3 J516 R501

R575
6
J522 R572
J26 R559

R516 R519
R517

J521 R571
J2 C532

J519
R574 R576

SNS12
J520
J17

R573

R568
J4 J12 R511
R558
J13 J503 33 32
J21
R506

Q502

1
R557
J18
OSC

R534
C519 R556 48 17 R567
5 TR502 C518 R555
CPU
C517 R554 49 16
C516 R553 R566
PSZ

J25
R552 C508
J514
C506
J1 64 1 C505
J19

C514
C504 J513

R527
1

IC503
J505

R510
R509
C509

R565 R564
J504

C522
R551
R533
R532 J512
J6 R524 R549

R502
R508

IC501
J7
R522
J10
J28 R521
J509

J518

R504
C503

D503 R507
C515
J5 R518 D507
J506 J511
R548

D502
D505 D506
J32

R547
J31

D2
C1

R526

R562
D504 J510

C523
R520
J502 R514 R515
J33

R546
R545

R505
D509 C520
C2

J34
J507

R560
J30
J29

J35 F501

D508
CP1
J27

J15 C502
J16

R530
1 4 1
1 3
MOTOR CL2 CL1

44205301TH Rev.1 211 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Control Panel PCB (6) Toner Low Sensor PCB


1 11

TH501
SSNS

R600
SW4

KTNR
R1

1
R644

R601

CN501
Q501
R540

SW5

HSNS
R602

R509
R502
R603

R604
11
R504
R501

R651
R510
R546

C505
R548
R514
R608 R652
R605

CP501
Q502 R606

R610
R609

R607
R650
C501

R508
R507
R506
R505
R611
SW6

R542
R612

R614 R613

YTNR
SW3 SW2
R2

SW1

R511
CN3

R624
1

R616 R615
R517
R520
Q504

R512
R625
R518 R622 R620

R617
Q503 R623 R621
R648
R649 49 48
R647 R618
R628

R619

64 33
CPU501
1 32
R545

R516 R629
R547
R631 C506
OSC501

MTNR
16 17
R630

C507 R3
C509
C508

C520
CN502

C511
C510
28

R646
R632 R519
R634

C519
C518
C517
C516
C515
C514
C513
C512
R636 R635

R521
R633
R645
R523

R637 R639 R638


R524 TR501
R529

TR503
R527 R531
R642 R641 R640
R533

SW0

CTNR
R643
A
R543

LED1 LED2

SW7

44205301TH Rev.1 212 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(7) Entrance Sensor PCB (9) High-Voltage Power Supply PCB

IN2

IN1
R2

R1
WR 5 1
CN

(8) Color Adjustment Sensor PCB

CN4

CN2
A
K

SNS

TR-K TR-Y TR-M TR-C


CN
C
E

CN3
CN1

44205301TH Rev.1 213 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(10) Low-Voltage Power Supply PCB (11) ID unit

ID unit (for consumable parts)


Contactor point

Fuse

To the fuser unit I/F connector

Note: 100V system shorting plug is mounted. 230V system shorting plug is not mounted.
CN1
Toner Low Sensor PCB (PRZ PCB)
CN2

Contactor point

ID unit
Shorting plug for CN6

CN6
To the POWER connector

TB4
TB3
of the PU PCB

44205301TH Rev.1 214 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(12) Transfer belt unit

Transfer belt unit (for consumable parts) Contactor point

Fuse

Relay PCB

Contactor point

Transfer belt unit

Fuse

44205301TH Rev.1 215 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.3 F/W version number

8.3.1 ROM control number

ROM CU F/W NIC F/W PU F/W


nameplate 44267201FY02 44267201FY03 44267201FY04
version Date Remarks
number File NIC Web File File
fill-out Rev. Rev.
Rev. F/W Page Rev. Rev.
version
5 2009.10.21 C1.01 2 01.00 01.02 2 00.03.15 3 PSU~

44205301TH Rev.1 216 /


8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.3.2 ROM version check and display 8.3.3 PCB Maintenance Indication Stamp
(1) Perform the menu map printing and confirm that the F/W version number has The specified article numbers are stamped in the PCB Maintenance Indication column on
been upgraded. the CU/PU PCB in accordance with the table shown below.
(2) Fill out the ROM label that is attached to the location shown below in
accordance with the downloaded F/W version number.

C108
C109
Revision number label position F13 F14 50
MFPIF
1
R249 R250R251 R253 R254
R252 1

R243
R247 10
DEBUG41

RM39
R244 R245R246 R248
OSC1
1 1

RM37
R
U33 U34 C99 U29 U30 U31

D22

D23
C100 U25 U26 U27
R238 R239 U21 U22 U23 IC25

C101
U17 U18 U19 IC26

R221
R222 R229
R225
R227
R230
U32

C96
C97
C98
C95
U28
U24 R217 R2

RM32
R219
R220
U20

R215
R214
IBD

C93
C94
CD1ZA2
PCB-IBD AA AP
R160
R159
Specified stamping location
R158
34 R157
R156
R155
R153
R151
442489 24 1
R147
20 C76
C75
Revision number label details IC14
C74
C72 C73
R154 FLCS1
R152

D17
R150
10 R146
R142 R143
RM23 R140
R131 R134 25 48
R126

R117
R118
R119
R120
C60
1 R123 R124
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

R116

R121
AP RM19 R108

C48
R96 R97
R95
Sample 1 Rev.1

1 2 3 4 5
Board TB2(YU)
Article number Seal Use
Series No.

44248901 01 44184501 ODA

44248903 03 44184501 OEL


Sample 2 Rev.4 44248904 04 44184501 AOS
6 7

4 5 44248906 06 44184501 TWN


1 2 3
4 5

44248907 07 44184501 KOREA


2 3

44248908 08 44184501 CHINA


1

44248914 14 44184501 ES6410

44205301TH Rev.1 217 / 217

You might also like